diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII')
39 files changed, 0 insertions, 8264 deletions
diff --git a/lib/lufa b/lib/lufa new file mode 160000 +Subproject ce10f7642b0459e409839b23cc91498945119b4 diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.c deleted file mode 100644 index a734d960ba..0000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,164 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Main source file for the AVRISP project. This file contains the main tasks of - * the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration. - */ - -#include "AVRISP-MKII.h" - -#if (BOARD != BOARD_NONE) - /* Some board hardware definitions (e.g. the Arduino Micro) have their LEDs defined on the same pins - as the ISP, PDI or TPI interfaces (see the accompanying project documentation). If a board other - than NONE is selected (to enable the LED driver with the programmer) you should double-check that - no conflicts will occur. If there is a conflict, turn off the LEDs (set BOARD to NONE in the makefile) - or define a custom board driver (see the LUFA manual) with alternative LED mappings. - */ - #warning Board specific drivers have been selected; make sure the board LED driver does not conflict with the programmer ISP/PDI/TPI interfaces. -#endif - -/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial - * setup of all components and the main program loop. - */ -int main(void) -{ - SetupHardware(); - V2Protocol_Init(); - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); - GlobalInterruptEnable(); - - for (;;) - { - #if (BOARD == BOARD_USBTINYMKII) - /* On the USBTINY-MKII target, there is a secondary LED which indicates the current selected power - mode - either VBUS, or sourced from the VTARGET pin of the programming connectors */ - LEDs_ChangeLEDs(LEDMASK_VBUSPOWER, (PIND & (1 << 0)) ? 0 : LEDMASK_VBUSPOWER); - #endif - - AVRISP_Task(); - USB_USBTask(); - } -} - -/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */ -void SetupHardware(void) -{ -#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) - /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ - MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); - wdt_disable(); - - /* Disable clock division */ - clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); -#endif - - /* Hardware Initialization */ - LEDs_Init(); - #if defined(RESET_TOGGLES_LIBUSB_COMPAT) - UpdateCurrentCompatibilityMode(); - #endif - - /* USB Stack Initialization */ - USB_Init(); -} - -/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void) -{ - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING); -} - -/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void) -{ - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); -} - -/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void) -{ - bool ConfigSuccess = true; - - /* Setup AVRISP Data OUT endpoint */ - ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE, 1); - - /* Setup AVRISP Data IN endpoint if it is using a physically different endpoint */ - if ((AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK) != (AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPADDR & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK)) - ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE, 1); - - /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */ - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); -} - -/** Processes incoming V2 Protocol commands from the host, returning a response when required. */ -void AVRISP_Task(void) -{ - /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */ - if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) - return; - - V2Params_UpdateParamValues(); - - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPADDR); - - /* Check to see if a V2 Protocol command has been received */ - if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()) - { - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_BUSY); - - /* Pass off processing of the V2 Protocol command to the V2 Protocol handler */ - V2Protocol_ProcessCommand(); - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY); - } -} - -/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors" - * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given - * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function - * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the - * USB host. - * - * \param[in] wValue Descriptor type and index to retrieve - * \param[in] wIndex Sub-index to retrieve (such as a localized string language) - * \param[out] DescriptorAddress Address of the retrieved descriptor - * - * \return Length of the retrieved descriptor in bytes, or NO_DESCRIPTOR if the descriptor was not found - */ -uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, - const uint16_t wIndex, - const void** const DescriptorAddress) -{ - return AVRISP_GetDescriptor(wValue, wIndex, DescriptorAddress); -} - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.h deleted file mode 100644 index ae2d041484..0000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,90 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for AVRISP.c. - */ - -#ifndef _AVRISP_H_ -#define _AVRISP_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - #include <avr/wdt.h> - #include <avr/interrupt.h> - #include <avr/power.h> - - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h> - - #if defined(ADC) - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h> - #endif - - #include "AVRISPDescriptors.h" - #include "Lib/V2Protocol.h" - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - /* Macros: */ - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1 - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2) - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_READY LEDS_LED2 - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR LEDS_LED1 - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */ - #define LEDMASK_BUSY (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2) - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the target is being powered by VBUS. */ - #define LEDMASK_VBUSPOWER LEDS_LED3 - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void SetupHardware(void); - void AVRISP_Task(void); - - void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void); - void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void); - void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void); - - uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, - const uint16_t wIndex, - const void** const DescriptorAddress) - ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); - -#endif - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.txt b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 76d612ec05..0000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,346 +0,0 @@ -/** \file - * - * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special - * documentation pages. It is not a project source file. - */ - -/** \mainpage AVRISP MKII Programmer Project - * - * \section Sec_Compat Project Compatibility - * - * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project. - * - * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7) - * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6) - * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4) - * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2) - <i>8KB versions with reduced features only</i> - * - * \section Sec_Info USB Information - * - * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project. - * - * <table> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td> - * <td>Device</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td> - * <td>Vendor Specific Class</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td> - * <td>N/A</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td> - * <td>Atmel AVRISP MKII Protocol Specification</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td> - * <td>Full Speed Mode</td> - * </tr> - * </table> - * - * \section Sec_Description Project Description - * - * Firmware for an Atmel Studio compatible AVRISP-MKII clone programmer. This project will enable the USB - * AVR series of microcontrollers to act as a clone of the official Atmel AVRISP-MKII programmer, usable within - * Atmel Studio or with any software capable of driving a real Atmel AVRISP-MKII programmer. In its most - * basic form, it allows for the programming of AVR TINY, MEGA and XMEGA devices at the programmer's VCC voltage from - * within Atmel Studio with no special hardware other than the USB AVR and the parts needed for the USB - * interface. If the user desires, more advanced circuits incorporating level conversion can be made to allow for the - * programming of target AVRs running at a different voltage to the programmer. - * - * This device spoofs Atmel's official AVRISP-MKII device PID so that it remains compatible with Atmel's AVRISP-MKII - * drivers. It is currently tested working under the following configurations: - * - * - <b>Windows:</b> Atmel Studio 7, with alternative driver - * - <b>Windows:</b> AVRDUDE 6.2, with alternative driver - * - <b>Linux:</b> AVRDUDE 6.1 - * - * <b>Note that this clone requires a libUSB based driver under Windows,</b> due to an incompatible change in the official - * Jungo based driver. The alternative driver given here will function with both real and clone AVRISP devices in Atmel - * Studio 7 onwards under Windows - and as a bonus, also provides AVRDude access to the programmer. - * - * As of Atmel Studio version 7.0.1417 the legacy Jungo driver has been deprecated in favor of an official libUSB based - * driver, making the driver packaged here superfluous. Use the driver packaged here only if you are still using an earlier - * Atmel Studio 7 build, otherwise the official Atmel libUSB driver should be used. - * - * Note that this design currently has the following limitations: - * - No reversed/shorted target connector detection and notification - * - A separate header is required for each of the ISP, PDI and TPI programming protocols that the user wishes to use - * - * On AVR models with an ADC converter, the USB AVR's AVCC pin should be tied to 5V (e.g. VBUS) and the - * \c VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL token should be set to an appropriate ADC channel number in the project makefile for VTARGET - * detection to operate correctly. On models without an ADC converter, VTARGET will report a fixed 3.3V level at all times - * which should allow the programmer to remain compatible at the protocol level with all AVR devices. - * - * While this application can be compiled for USB AVRs with as little as 8KB of FLASH, for full functionality 16KB or more - * of FLASH is required. On 8KB devices, ISP or PDI/TPI protocol programming support can be disabled to reduce program size. - * - * \section Sec_KnownIssues Known Issues: - * - * \par XMEGA EEPROM programming fails in some cases. - * Several users have reported that XMEGA EEPROM programming fails unless the chip is erased first. If a non-blank EEPROM - * is present, writing further EEPROM data causes corruption. - * <a href="https://github.com/abcminiuser/lufa/issues/25">LUFA issue tracker entry</a>. - * - * \section Sec_Installation Installation - * The programmer supports multiple platforms, both Windows and Linux. - * - * \subsection SSec_LinuxInstallation Linux Installation - * On Linux systems, the programmer should be usable out of the box with no special setup other than (on some systems) - * editing of the system permissions to allow the programmer to be used from a non-elevated (root) context. The programmer - * is compatible with the free open source AVRDude programming software project. - * - * \subsection SSec_WindowsInstallation Windows Installation - * On Windows systems, due to an unfortunate limitation of the USB AVR devices and the Atmel Studio platform, the programmer - * requires an alternative libUSB based driver. Uninstall the existing Jungo driver for the device (if installed) and replace - * it with the driver that ships with this project, to enable access to the programmer in Atmel Studio and AVRDUDE. - * - * \section Sec_ISP ISP Connections - * Connections to the device for SPI programming (when enabled): - * - * <table> - * <tr> - * <th><b>Programmer Pin:</b></th> - * <th><b>Target Device Pin:</b></th> - * <th><b>ISP 6 Pin Layout:</b></th> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>MISO</td> - * <td>PDO</td> - * <td>1</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>ADCx <b><sup>1</sup></b></td> - * <td>VTARGET</td> - * <td>2</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>SCLK</td> - * <td>SCLK</td> - * <td>3</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>MOSI</td> - * <td>PDI</td> - * <td>4</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>PORTx.y <b><sup>2</sup></b></td> - * <td>/RESET</td> - * <td>5</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>GND</td> - * <td>GND</td> - * <td>6</td> - * </tr> - * </table> - * - * In addition, the AVR's OCR1A pin will generate a 4MHz clock, to act as an external rescue device clock if the - * fuses have been mis-set. To use the recovery clock, connect the OCR1A pin of the USB AVR to the target AVR's - * XTAL1 pin, and set the ISP programming speed to 125KHz (note: other ISP speeds will not work correctly). - * - * <b><sup>1</sup></b> <i>Optional, see \ref Sec_Options section - for USB AVRs with ADC modules only</i> \n - * <b><sup>2</sup></b> <i>See AUX line related tokens in the \ref Sec_Options section</i> - * - * \section Sec_PDI PDI Connections - * Connections to the device for PDI programming (when enabled): - * - * <table> - * <tr> - * <th><b>Programmer Pin:</b></th> - * <th><b>Target Device Pin:</b></th> - * <th><b>PDI 6 Pin Layout:</b></th> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>Tx/Rx <b><sup>2</sup></b></td> - * <td>DATA</td> - * <td>1</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>ADCx <b><sup>1</sup></b></td> - * <td>VTARGET</td> - * <td>2</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>N/A</td> - * <td>N/A</td> - * <td>3</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>N/A</td> - * <td>N/A</td> - * <td>4</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>XCK</td> - * <td>CLOCK</td> - * <td>5</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>GND</td> - * <td>GND</td> - * <td>6</td> - * </tr> - * </table> - * - * <b><sup>1</sup></b> <i>Optional, see \ref Sec_Options section - for USB AVRs with ADC modules only</i> \n - * <b><sup>2</sup></b> <i>The AVR's Tx and Rx become the DATA line when connected together via a pair of 220 ohm resistors</i> \n - * - * \section Sec_TPI TPI Connections - * Connections to the device for TPI programming (when enabled): - * - * <table> - * <tr> - * <th><b>Programmer Pin:</b></th> - * <th><b>Target Device Pin:</b></th> - * <th><b>TPI 6 Pin Layout:</b></th> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>Tx/Rx <b><sup>2</sup></b></td> - * <td>DATA</td> - * <td>1</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>ADCx <b><sup>1</sup></b></td> - * <td>VTARGET</td> - * <td>2</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>XCK <b><sup>2</sup></b></td> - * <td>CLOCK</td> - * <td>3</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>N/A</td> - * <td>N/A</td> - * <td>4</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>PORTx.y <b><sup>3</sup></b></td> - * <td>/RESET</td> - * <td>5</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>GND</td> - * <td>GND</td> - * <td>6</td> - * </tr> - * </table> - * - * <b><sup>1</sup></b> <i>Optional, see \ref Sec_Options section - for USB AVRs with ADC modules only</i> \n - * <b><sup>2</sup></b> <i>The AVR's Tx and Rx become the DATA line when connected together via a pair of 220 ohm resistors</i> \n - * <b><sup>3</sup></b> <i>See AUX line related tokens in the \ref Sec_Options section</i> - * - * \section Sec_Options Project Options - * - * The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value. - * - * <table> - * <tr> - * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th> - * <th><b>Location:</b></th> - * <th><b>Description:</b></th> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>AUX_LINE_PORT</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>PORT register for the programmer's AUX target line. The use of this line varies between the programming protocols, - * but is generally used for the target's /RESET line. - * \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>AUX_LINE_PIN</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>PIN register for the programmer's AUX target line. The use of this line varies between the programming protocols, - * but is generally used for the target's /RESET line. - * \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>AUX_LINE_DDR</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>DDR register for the programmer's AUX target line. The use of this line varies between the programming protocols, - * but is generally used for the target's /RESET line. - * \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>AUX_LINE_MASK</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>Mask for the programmer's AUX target line. The use of this line varies between the programming protocols, - * but is generally used for the target's /RESET line. <b>Must not be the AVR's /SS pin</b>. - * \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>ADC channel number (on supported AVRs) to use for VTARGET level detection, if NO_VTARGET_DETECT is not defined. - * \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for targets lacking an ADC.</i></td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>Define to enable SPI programming protocol support. - * \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>Define to enable PDI and TPI programming protocol support. - * \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>NO_VTARGET_DETECT</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>Define to disable VTARGET sampling and reporting on AVR models with an ADC converter. This will cause the programmer - * to report a fixed 3.3V target voltage to the host regardless of the real target voltage. - * \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for targets lacking an ADC.</i></td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>VTARGET_REF_VOLTS</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>Indicates the programmer AVR's AVCC reference voltage when measuring the target's supply voltage. Note that the supply - * voltage should never exceed the reference voltage on the programmer AVR without some form of protection to prevent damage - * to the ADC. - * \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for targets lacking an ADC, or when NO_VTARGET_DETECT is defined.</i></td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>VTARGET_USE_INTERNAL_REF</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>Selects the internal 2.56V ADC reference voltage, instead of using the AVR's VREF pin. When enabled, this option will - * override the VTARGET_REF_VOLTS configuration option. - * \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for targets lacking an ADC, or when NO_VTARGET_DETECT is defined.</i></td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>VTARGET_SCALE_FACTOR</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>Indicates the target's supply voltage scale factor when applied to the ADC. A simple resistive divider can be used on the - * ADC pin for measuring the target's supply voltage, so that voltages above the programmer AVR's AVCC reference voltage can be - * measured. This should be the reciprocal of the division performed - e.g. if the VTARGET voltage is halved, this should be set - * to 2. - * \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for targets lacking an ADC, or when NO_VTARGET_DETECT is defined.</i></td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>XCK_RESCUE_CLOCK_ENABLE</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>Define to move the ISP rescue clock to the AVR's XCK pin instead of the OCR1A output pin. This is useful for existing programming - * hardware that does not expose the OCR1A pin of the AVR, but <i>may</i> cause some issues with PDI programming mode.</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>INVERTED_ISP_MISO</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>Define to invert the received data on the ISP MISO line. This is sometimes needed depending on the level translation hardware used, - * if the translator hardware inverts the received logic level.</td> - * </tr> - * <tr> - * <td>FIRMWARE_VERSION_MINOR</td> - * <td>AppConfig.h</td> - * <td>Define to set the minor firmware revision nunber reported to the host on request. By default this will use a firmware version compatible - * with the latest Atmel IDE version, however if desired the reported minor value can be adjusted here.</td> - * </tr> - * </table> - */ - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISPDescriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISPDescriptors.c deleted file mode 100644 index f4210fbbbf..0000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISPDescriptors.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,203 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special - * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine - * the device's capabilities and functions. - */ - -#include "AVRISPDescriptors.h" - -/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall - * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the - * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration - * process begins. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM AVRISP_DeviceDescriptor = -{ - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device}, - - .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0), - .Class = USB_CSCP_VendorSpecificClass, - .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass, - .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol, - - .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE, - - .VendorID = 0x03EB, - .ProductID = 0x2104, - .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(2,0,0), - - .ManufacturerStrIndex = AVRISP_STRING_ID_Manufacturer, - .ProductStrIndex = AVRISP_STRING_ID_Product, - .SerialNumStrIndex = AVRISP_STRING_ID_Serial, - - .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS -}; - -/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage - * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces - * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting - * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device. - */ -const AVRISP_USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM AVRISP_ConfigurationDescriptor = -{ - .Config = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration}, - - .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(AVRISP_USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t), - .TotalInterfaces = 1, - - .ConfigurationNumber = 1, - .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, - - .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED), - - .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100) - }, - - .AVRISP_Interface = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, - - .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AVRISP, - .AlternateSetting = 0, - - .TotalEndpoints = 2, - - .Class = USB_CSCP_VendorSpecificClass, - .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass, - .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol, - - .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR - }, - - .AVRISP_DataInEndpoint = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, - - .EndpointAddress = AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR, - .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), - .EndpointSize = AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE, - .PollingIntervalMS = 0x0A - }, - - .AVRISP_DataOutEndpoint = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, - - .EndpointAddress = AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPADDR, - .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), - .EndpointSize = AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE, - .PollingIntervalMS = 0x0A - }, -}; - -/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests - * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate - * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM AVRISP_LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG); - -/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable - * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device - * Descriptor. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM AVRISP_ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"ATMEL"); - -/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form, - * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device - * Descriptor. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM AVRISP_ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"AVRISP mkII"); - -/** Serial number string. This is a Unicode string containing the device's unique serial number, expressed as a - * series of uppercase hexadecimal digits. - */ -const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM AVRISP_SerialString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"000200012345\0" - // Note: Real AVRISP-MKII has the embedded NUL byte, bug in firmware? -); - -/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors" - * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given - * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function - * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the - * USB host. - */ -uint16_t AVRISP_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, - const uint16_t wIndex, - const void** const DescriptorAddress) -{ - const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8); - const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF); - - const void* Address = NULL; - uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR; - - switch (DescriptorType) - { - case DTYPE_Device: - Address = &AVRISP_DeviceDescriptor; - Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t); - break; - case DTYPE_Configuration: - Address = &AVRISP_ConfigurationDescriptor; - Size = sizeof(AVRISP_USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t); - break; - case DTYPE_String: - switch (DescriptorNumber) - { - case AVRISP_STRING_ID_Language: - Address = &AVRISP_LanguageString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&AVRISP_LanguageString.Header.Size); - break; - case AVRISP_STRING_ID_Manufacturer: - Address = &AVRISP_ManufacturerString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&AVRISP_ManufacturerString.Header.Size); - break; - case AVRISP_STRING_ID_Product: - Address = &AVRISP_ProductString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&AVRISP_ProductString.Header.Size); - break; - case AVRISP_STRING_ID_Serial: - Address = &AVRISP_SerialString; - Size = AVRISP_SerialString.Header.Size; - break; - } - - break; - } - - *DescriptorAddress = Address; - return Size; -} diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISPDescriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISPDescriptors.h deleted file mode 100644 index 56dcf25a9b..0000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISPDescriptors.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,100 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for Descriptors.c. - */ - -#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_ -#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/pgmspace.h> - - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> - - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - /* Macros: */ - /** Endpoint address of the AVRISP data OUT endpoint. */ - #define AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 2) - - /** Endpoint address of the AVRISP data IN endpoint. */ - #define AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 2) - - /** Size in bytes of the AVRISP data endpoint. */ - #define AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE 64 - - /* Type Defines: */ - /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the - * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which - * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host. - */ - typedef struct - { - USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config; - - // Atmel AVRISP-MKII Interface - USB_Descriptor_Interface_t AVRISP_Interface; - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t AVRISP_DataInEndpoint; - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t AVRISP_DataOutEndpoint; - } AVRISP_USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t; - - /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor - * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the - * interface from other descriptors. - */ - enum InterfaceDescriptors_t - { - INTERFACE_ID_AVRISP = 0, /**< AVRISP interface descriptor ID */ - }; - - /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should - * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from - * other descriptors. - */ - enum AVRISP_StringDescriptors_t - { - AVRISP_STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */ - AVRISP_STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */ - AVRISP_STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */ - AVRISP_STRING_ID_Serial = 3, /**< Serial number string ID */ - }; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - uint16_t AVRISP_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, - const uint16_t wIndex, - const void** const DescriptorAddress) - ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); - -#endif - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Config/AppConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Config/AppConfig.h deleted file mode 100644 index a2d15abdc9..0000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Config/AppConfig.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * \brief Application Configuration Header File - * - * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of - * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to - * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a - * makefile or build system. - * - * For information on what each token does, refer to the - * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation. - */ - -#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_ -#define _APP_CONFIG_H_ - - #define AUX_LINE_PORT PORTB - #define AUX_LINE_PIN PINB - #define AUX_LINE_DDR DDRB - #if (BOARD == BOARD_U2S) - #define AUX_LINE_MASK (1 << 0) - #else - #define AUX_LINE_MASK (1 << 4) - #endif - - #define ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL - #define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL - - #define VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL 2 - #define VTARGET_REF_VOLTS 5 - #define VTARGET_SCALE_FACTOR 1 -// #define VTARGET_USE_INTERNAL_REF - #define NO_VTARGET_DETECT -// #define XCK_RESCUE_CLOCK_ENABLE -// #define INVERTED_ISP_MISO - -// #define FIRMWARE_VERSION_MINOR 0x11 - -#endif diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Config/LUFAConfig.h deleted file mode 100644 index ed160230ca..0000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Config/LUFAConfig.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File - * - * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options, - * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through - * a makefile. - * - * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA - * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens". - */ - -#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ -#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ - - #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) - - /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */ -// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES - - /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY -// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH - - /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */ - #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG - #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL) - #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY -// #define USB_HOST_ONLY -// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT - #define NO_SOF_EVENTS - - /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS - #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS -// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS - #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL - #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 16 - #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0 - #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1 -// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE -// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT - #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP - #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER - - /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ -// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} -// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here} -// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT -// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE - - #else - - #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file. - - #endif -#endif diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.c deleted file mode 100644 index 6553504d5e..0000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,531 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * ISP Protocol handler, to process V2 Protocol wrapped ISP commands used in Atmel programmer devices. - */ - -#include "ISPProtocol.h" - -#if defined(ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - -/** Handler for the CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE_ISP command, which attempts to enter programming mode on - * the attached device, returning success or failure back to the host. - */ -void ISPProtocol_EnterISPMode(void) -{ - struct - { - uint8_t TimeoutMS; - uint8_t PinStabDelayMS; - uint8_t ExecutionDelayMS; - uint8_t SynchLoops; - uint8_t ByteDelay; - uint8_t PollValue; - uint8_t PollIndex; - uint8_t EnterProgBytes[4]; - } Enter_ISP_Params; - - Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Enter_ISP_Params, sizeof(Enter_ISP_Params), NULL); - - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); - - uint8_t ResponseStatus = STATUS_CMD_FAILED; - - CurrentAddress = 0; - - /* Perform execution delay, initialize SPI bus */ - ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Enter_ISP_Params.ExecutionDelayMS); - ISPTarget_EnableTargetISP(); - - ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(true); - ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Enter_ISP_Params.PinStabDelayMS); - - /* Continuously attempt to synchronize with the target until either the number of attempts specified - * by the host has exceeded, or the the device sends back the expected response values */ - while (Enter_ISP_Params.SynchLoops-- && TimeoutTicksRemaining) - { - uint8_t ResponseBytes[4]; - - for (uint8_t RByte = 0; RByte < sizeof(ResponseBytes); RByte++) - { - ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Enter_ISP_Params.ByteDelay); - ResponseBytes[RByte] = ISPTarget_TransferByte(Enter_ISP_Params.EnterProgBytes[RByte]); - } - - /* Check if polling disabled, or if the polled value matches the expected value */ - if (!(Enter_ISP_Params.PollIndex) || (ResponseBytes[Enter_ISP_Params.PollIndex - 1] == Enter_ISP_Params.PollValue)) - { - ResponseStatus = STATUS_CMD_OK; - break; - } - else - { - ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(false); - ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Enter_ISP_Params.PinStabDelayMS); - ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(true); - ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Enter_ISP_Params.PinStabDelayMS); - } - } - - Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE_ISP); - Endpoint_Write_8(ResponseStatus); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); -} - -/** Handler for the CMD_LEAVE_ISP command, which releases the target from programming mode. */ -void ISPProtocol_LeaveISPMode(void) -{ - struct - { - uint8_t PreDelayMS; - uint8_t PostDelayMS; - } Leave_ISP_Params; - - Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Leave_ISP_Params, sizeof(Leave_ISP_Params), NULL); - - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); - - /* Perform pre-exit delay, release the target /RESET, disable the SPI bus and perform the post-exit delay */ - ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Leave_ISP_Params.PreDelayMS); - ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(false); - ISPTarget_DisableTargetISP(); - ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Leave_ISP_Params.PostDelayMS); - - Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE_ISP); - Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); -} - -/** Handler for the CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP and CMD_PROGRAM_EEPROM_ISP commands, writing out bytes, - * words or pages of data to the attached device. - * - * \param[in] V2Command Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host - */ -void ISPProtocol_ProgramMemory(uint8_t V2Command) -{ - struct - { - uint16_t BytesToWrite; - uint8_t ProgrammingMode; - uint8_t DelayMS; - uint8_t ProgrammingCommands[3]; - uint8_t PollValue1; - uint8_t PollValue2; - uint8_t ProgData[256]; // Note, the Jungo driver has a very short ACK timeout period, need to buffer the - } Write_Memory_Params; // whole page and ACK the packet as fast as possible to prevent it from aborting - - Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Write_Memory_Params, (sizeof(Write_Memory_Params) - - sizeof(Write_Memory_Params.ProgData)), NULL); - Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite = SwapEndian_16(Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite); - - if (Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite > sizeof(Write_Memory_Params.ProgData)) - { - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); - - Endpoint_Write_8(V2Command); - Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_FAILED); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - return; - } - - Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Write_Memory_Params.ProgData, Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite, NULL); - - // The driver will terminate transfers that are a round multiple of the endpoint bank in size with a ZLP, need - // to catch this and discard it before continuing on with packet processing to prevent communication issues - if (((sizeof(uint8_t) + sizeof(Write_Memory_Params) - sizeof(Write_Memory_Params.ProgData)) + - Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite) % AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE == 0) - { - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(); - } - - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); - - uint8_t ProgrammingStatus = STATUS_CMD_OK; - uint8_t PollValue = (V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP) ? Write_Memory_Params.PollValue1 : - Write_Memory_Params.PollValue2; - uint16_t PollAddress = 0; - uint8_t* NextWriteByte = Write_Memory_Params.ProgData; - uint16_t PageStartAddress = (CurrentAddress & 0xFFFF); - - for (uint16_t CurrentByte = 0; CurrentByte < Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite; CurrentByte++) - { - uint8_t ByteToWrite = *(NextWriteByte++); - uint8_t ProgrammingMode = Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode; - - /* Check to see if we need to send a LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS command to the target */ - if (MustLoadExtendedAddress) - { - ISPTarget_LoadExtendedAddress(); - MustLoadExtendedAddress = false; - } - - ISPTarget_SendByte(Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[0]); - ISPTarget_SendByte(CurrentAddress >> 8); - ISPTarget_SendByte(CurrentAddress & 0xFF); - ISPTarget_SendByte(ByteToWrite); - - /* AVR FLASH addressing requires us to modify the write command based on if we are writing a high - * or low byte at the current word address */ - if (V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP) - Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[0] ^= READ_WRITE_HIGH_BYTE_MASK; - - /* Check to see if we have a valid polling address */ - if (!(PollAddress) && (ByteToWrite != PollValue)) - { - if ((CurrentByte & 0x01) && (V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP)) - Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[2] |= READ_WRITE_HIGH_BYTE_MASK; - else - Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[2] &= ~READ_WRITE_HIGH_BYTE_MASK; - - PollAddress = (CurrentAddress & 0xFFFF); - } - - /* If in word programming mode, commit the byte to the target's memory */ - if (!(ProgrammingMode & PROG_MODE_PAGED_WRITES_MASK)) - { - /* If the current polling address is invalid, switch to timed delay write completion mode */ - if (!(PollAddress) && !(ProgrammingMode & PROG_MODE_WORD_READYBUSY_MASK)) - ProgrammingMode = (ProgrammingMode & ~PROG_MODE_WORD_VALUE_MASK) | PROG_MODE_WORD_TIMEDELAY_MASK; - - ProgrammingStatus = ISPTarget_WaitForProgComplete(ProgrammingMode, PollAddress, PollValue, - Write_Memory_Params.DelayMS, - Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[2]); - - /* Abort the programming loop early if the byte/word programming failed */ - if (ProgrammingStatus != STATUS_CMD_OK) - break; - - /* Must reset the polling address afterwards, so it is not erroneously used for the next byte */ - PollAddress = 0; - } - - /* EEPROM just increments the address each byte, flash needs to increment on each word and - * also check to ensure that a LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS command is issued each time the extended - * address boundary has been crossed during FLASH memory programming */ - if ((CurrentByte & 0x01) || (V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_EEPROM_ISP)) - { - CurrentAddress++; - - if ((V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP) && !(CurrentAddress & 0xFFFF)) - MustLoadExtendedAddress = true; - } - } - - /* If the current page must be committed, send the PROGRAM PAGE command to the target */ - if (Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode & PROG_MODE_COMMIT_PAGE_MASK) - { - ISPTarget_SendByte(Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[1]); - ISPTarget_SendByte(PageStartAddress >> 8); - ISPTarget_SendByte(PageStartAddress & 0xFF); - ISPTarget_SendByte(0x00); - - /* Check if polling is enabled and possible, if not switch to timed delay mode */ - if ((Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode & PROG_MODE_PAGED_VALUE_MASK) && !(PollAddress)) - { - Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode = (Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode & ~PROG_MODE_PAGED_VALUE_MASK) | - PROG_MODE_PAGED_TIMEDELAY_MASK; - } - - ProgrammingStatus = ISPTarget_WaitForProgComplete(Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode, PollAddress, PollValue, - Write_Memory_Params.DelayMS, - Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[2]); - - /* Check to see if the FLASH address has crossed the extended address boundary */ - if ((V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP) && !(CurrentAddress & 0xFFFF)) - MustLoadExtendedAddress = true; - } - - Endpoint_Write_8(V2Command); - Endpoint_Write_8(ProgrammingStatus); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); -} - -/** Handler for the CMD_READ_FLASH_ISP and CMD_READ_EEPROM_ISP commands, reading in bytes, - * words or pages of data from the attached device. - * - * \param[in] V2Command Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host - */ -void ISPProtocol_ReadMemory(uint8_t V2Command) -{ - struct - { - uint16_t BytesToRead; - uint8_t ReadMemoryCommand; - } Read_Memory_Params; - - Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Read_Memory_Params, sizeof(Read_Memory_Params), NULL); - Read_Memory_Params.BytesToRead = SwapEndian_16(Read_Memory_Params.BytesToRead); - - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); - - Endpoint_Write_8(V2Command); - Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK); - - /* Read each byte from the device and write them to the packet for the host */ - for (uint16_t CurrentByte = 0; CurrentByte < Read_Memory_Params.BytesToRead; CurrentByte++) - { - /* Check to see if we need to send a LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS command to the target */ - if (MustLoadExtendedAddress) - { - ISPTarget_LoadExtendedAddress(); - MustLoadExtendedAddress = false; - } - - /* Read the next byte from the desired memory space in the device */ - ISPTarget_SendByte(Read_Memory_Params.ReadMemoryCommand); - ISPTarget_SendByte(CurrentAddress >> 8); - ISPTarget_SendByte(CurrentAddress & 0xFF); - Endpoint_Write_8(ISPTarget_ReceiveByte()); - - /* Check if the endpoint bank is currently full, if so send the packet */ - if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())) - { - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(); - } - - /* AVR FLASH addressing requires us to modify the read command based on if we are reading a high - * or low byte at the current word address */ - if (V2Command == CMD_READ_FLASH_ISP) - Read_Memory_Params.ReadMemoryCommand ^= READ_WRITE_HIGH_BYTE_MASK; - - /* EEPROM just increments the address each byte, flash needs to increment on each word and - * also check to ensure that a LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS command is issued each time the extended - * address boundary has been crossed */ - if ((CurrentByte & 0x01) || (V2Command == CMD_READ_EEPROM_ISP)) - { - CurrentAddress++; - - if ((V2Command != CMD_READ_EEPROM_ISP) && !(CurrentAddress & 0xFFFF)) - MustLoadExtendedAddress = true; - } - } - - Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK); - - bool IsEndpointFull = !(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - - /* Ensure last packet is a short packet to terminate the transfer */ - if (IsEndpointFull) - { - Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(); - } -} - -/** Handler for the CMD_CHI_ERASE_ISP command, clearing the target's FLASH memory. */ -void ISPProtocol_ChipErase(void) -{ - struct - { - uint8_t EraseDelayMS; - uint8_t PollMethod; - uint8_t EraseCommandBytes[4]; - } Erase_Chip_Params; - - Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Erase_Chip_Params, sizeof(Erase_Chip_Params), NULL); - - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); - - uint8_t ResponseStatus = STATUS_CMD_OK; - - /* Send the chip erase commands as given by the host to the device */ - for (uint8_t SByte = 0; SByte < sizeof(Erase_Chip_Params.EraseCommandBytes); SByte++) - ISPTarget_SendByte(Erase_Chip_Params.EraseCommandBytes[SByte]); - - /* Use appropriate command completion check as given by the host (delay or busy polling) */ - if (!(Erase_Chip_Params.PollMethod)) - ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Erase_Chip_Params.EraseDelayMS); - else - ResponseStatus = ISPTarget_WaitWhileTargetBusy(); - - Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_CHIP_ERASE_ISP); - Endpoint_Write_8(ResponseStatus); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); -} - -/** Handler for the CMD_READ_FUSE_ISP, CMD_READ_LOCK_ISP, CMD_READ_SIGNATURE_ISP and CMD_READ_OSCCAL commands, - * reading the requested configuration byte from the device. - * - * \param[in] V2Command Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host - */ -void ISPProtocol_ReadFuseLockSigOSCCAL(uint8_t V2Command) -{ - struct - { - uint8_t RetByte; - uint8_t ReadCommandBytes[4]; - } Read_FuseLockSigOSCCAL_Params; - - Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Read_FuseLockSigOSCCAL_Params, sizeof(Read_FuseLockSigOSCCAL_Params), NULL); - - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); - - uint8_t ResponseBytes[4]; - - /* Send the Fuse or Lock byte read commands as given by the host to the device, store response */ - for (uint8_t RByte = 0; RByte < sizeof(ResponseBytes); RByte++) - ResponseBytes[RByte] = ISPTarget_TransferByte(Read_FuseLockSigOSCCAL_Params.ReadCommandBytes[RByte]); - - Endpoint_Write_8(V2Command); - Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK); - Endpoint_Write_8(ResponseBytes[Read_FuseLockSigOSCCAL_Params.RetByte - 1]); - Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); -} - -/** Handler for the CMD_WRITE_FUSE_ISP and CMD_WRITE_LOCK_ISP commands, writing the requested configuration - * byte to the device. - * - * \param[in] V2Command Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host - */ -void ISPProtocol_WriteFuseLock(uint8_t V2Command) -{ - struct - { - uint8_t WriteCommandBytes[4]; - } Write_FuseLockSig_Params; - - Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Write_FuseLockSig_Params, sizeof(Write_FuseLockSig_Params), NULL); - - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); - - /* Send the Fuse or Lock byte program commands as given by the host to the device */ - for (uint8_t SByte = 0; SByte < sizeof(Write_FuseLockSig_Params.WriteCommandBytes); SByte++) - ISPTarget_SendByte(Write_FuseLockSig_Params.WriteCommandBytes[SByte]); - - Endpoint_Write_8(V2Command); - Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK); - Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); -} - -/** Handler for the CMD_SPI_MULTI command, writing and reading arbitrary SPI data to and from the attached device. */ -void ISPProtocol_SPIMulti(void) -{ - struct - { - uint8_t TxBytes; - uint8_t RxBytes; - uint8_t RxStartAddr; - uint8_t TxData[255]; - } SPI_Multi_Params; - - Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&SPI_Multi_Params, (sizeof(SPI_Multi_Params) - sizeof(SPI_Multi_Params.TxData)), NULL); - Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&SPI_Multi_Params.TxData, SPI_Multi_Params.TxBytes, NULL); - - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); - - Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_SPI_MULTI); - Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK); - - uint8_t CurrTxPos = 0; - uint8_t CurrRxPos = 0; - - /* Write out bytes to transmit until the start of the bytes to receive is met */ - while (CurrTxPos < SPI_Multi_Params.RxStartAddr) - { - if (CurrTxPos < SPI_Multi_Params.TxBytes) - ISPTarget_SendByte(SPI_Multi_Params.TxData[CurrTxPos]); - else - ISPTarget_SendByte(0); - - CurrTxPos++; - } - - /* Transmit remaining bytes with padding as needed, read in response bytes */ - while (CurrRxPos < SPI_Multi_Params.RxBytes) - { - if (CurrTxPos < SPI_Multi_Params.TxBytes) - Endpoint_Write_8(ISPTarget_TransferByte(SPI_Multi_Params.TxData[CurrTxPos++])); - else - Endpoint_Write_8(ISPTarget_ReceiveByte()); - - /* Check to see if we have filled the endpoint bank and need to send the packet */ - if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())) - { - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(); - } - - CurrRxPos++; - } - - Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK); - - bool IsEndpointFull = !(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - - /* Ensure last packet is a short packet to terminate the transfer */ - if (IsEndpointFull) - { - Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(); - } -} - -/** Blocking delay for a given number of milliseconds. This provides a simple wrapper around - * the avr-libc provided delay function, so that the delay function can be called with a - * constant value (to prevent run-time floating point operations being required). - * - * \param[in] DelayMS Number of milliseconds to delay for - */ -void ISPProtocol_DelayMS(uint8_t DelayMS) -{ - while (DelayMS-- && TimeoutTicksRemaining) - Delay_MS(1); -} - -#endif - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.h deleted file mode 100644 index 44b339762d..0000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,81 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for ISPProtocol.c. - */ - -#ifndef _ISP_PROTOCOL_ -#define _ISP_PROTOCOL_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - #include <util/delay.h> - - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - - #include "../V2Protocol.h" - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - /* Preprocessor Checks: */ - #if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1)) - #undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL - - #if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) - #define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL - #endif - #endif - - /* Macros: */ - /** Mask for the reading or writing of the high byte in a FLASH word when issuing a low-level programming command. */ - #define READ_WRITE_HIGH_BYTE_MASK (1 << 3) - - #define PROG_MODE_PAGED_WRITES_MASK (1 << 0) - #define PROG_MODE_WORD_TIMEDELAY_MASK (1 << 1) - #define PROG_MODE_WORD_VALUE_MASK (1 << 2) - #define PROG_MODE_WORD_READYBUSY_MASK (1 << 3) - #define PROG_MODE_PAGED_TIMEDELAY_MASK (1 << 4) - #define PROG_MODE_PAGED_VALUE_MASK (1 << 5) - #define PROG_MODE_PAGED_READYBUSY_MASK (1 << 6) - #define PROG_MODE_COMMIT_PAGE_MASK (1 << 7) - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void ISPProtocol_EnterISPMode(void); - void ISPProtocol_LeaveISPMode(void); - void ISPProtocol_ProgramMemory(const uint8_t V2Command); - void ISPProtocol_ReadMemory(const uint8_t V2Command); - void ISPProtocol_ChipErase(void); - void ISPProtocol_ReadFuseLockSigOSCCAL(const uint8_t V2Command); - void ISPProtocol_WriteFuseLock(const uint8_t V2Command); - void ISPProtocol_SPIMulti(void); - void ISPProtocol_DelayMS(uint8_t DelayMS); -#endif - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.c deleted file mode 100644 index 197b62275d..0000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,370 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Target-related functions for the ISP Protocol decoder. - */ - -#include "ISPTarget.h" - -#if defined(ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - -/** List of hardware SPI prescaler masks for possible AVRStudio ISP programming speeds. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -static const uint8_t SPIMaskFromSCKDuration[] PROGMEM = -{ -#if (F_CPU == 8000000) - SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2, // AVRStudio = 8MHz SPI, Actual = 4MHz SPI - SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2, // AVRStudio = 4MHz SPI, Actual = 4MHz SPI - SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_4, // AVRStudio = 2MHz SPI, Actual = 2MHz SPI - SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_8, // AVRStudio = 1MHz SPI, Actual = 1MHz SPI - SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_16, // AVRStudio = 500KHz SPI, Actual = 500KHz SPI - SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_32, // AVRStudio = 250KHz SPI, Actual = 250KHz SPI - SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_64, // AVRStudio = 125KHz SPI, Actual = 125KHz SPI -#elif (F_CPU == 16000000) - SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2, // AVRStudio = 8MHz SPI, Actual = 8MHz SPI - SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_4, // AVRStudio = 4MHz SPI, Actual = 4MHz SPI - SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_8, // AVRStudio = 2MHz SPI, Actual = 2MHz SPI - SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_16, // AVRStudio = 1MHz SPI, Actual = 1MHz SPI - SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_32, // AVRStudio = 500KHz SPI, Actual = 500KHz SPI - SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_64, // AVRStudio = 250KHz SPI, Actual = 250KHz SPI - SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_128 // AVRStudio = 125KHz SPI, Actual = 125KHz SPI -#else - #error No SPI prescaler masks for chosen F_CPU speed. -#endif -}; - -/** Lookup table to convert the slower ISP speeds into a compare value for the software SPI driver. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -static const uint16_t TimerCompareFromSCKDuration[] PROGMEM = -{ - TIMER_COMP(96386), TIMER_COMP(89888), TIMER_COMP(84211), TIMER_COMP(79208), TIMER_COMP(74767), - TIMER_COMP(70797), TIMER_COMP(67227), TIMER_COMP(64000), TIMER_COMP(61069), TIMER_COMP(58395), - TIMER_COMP(55945), TIMER_COMP(51613), TIMER_COMP(49690), TIMER_COMP(47905), TIMER_COMP(46243), - TIMER_COMP(43244), TIMER_COMP(41885), TIMER_COMP(39409), TIMER_COMP(38278), TIMER_COMP(36200), - TIMER_COMP(34335), TIMER_COMP(32654), TIMER_COMP(31129), TIMER_COMP(29740), TIMER_COMP(28470), - TIMER_COMP(27304), TIMER_COMP(25724), TIMER_COMP(24768), TIMER_COMP(23461), TIMER_COMP(22285), - TIMER_COMP(21221), TIMER_COMP(20254), TIMER_COMP(19371), TIMER_COMP(18562), TIMER_COMP(17583), - TIMER_COMP(16914), TIMER_COMP(16097), TIMER_COMP(15356), TIMER_COMP(14520), TIMER_COMP(13914), - TIMER_COMP(13224), TIMER_COMP(12599), TIMER_COMP(12031), TIMER_COMP(11511), TIMER_COMP(10944), - TIMER_COMP(10431), TIMER_COMP(9963), TIMER_COMP(9468), TIMER_COMP(9081), TIMER_COMP(8612), - TIMER_COMP(8239), TIMER_COMP(7851), TIMER_COMP(7498), TIMER_COMP(7137), TIMER_COMP(6809), - TIMER_COMP(6478), TIMER_COMP(6178), TIMER_COMP(5879), TIMER_COMP(5607), TIMER_COMP(5359), - TIMER_COMP(5093), TIMER_COMP(4870), TIMER_COMP(4633), TIMER_COMP(4418), TIMER_COMP(4209), - TIMER_COMP(4019), TIMER_COMP(3823), TIMER_COMP(3645), TIMER_COMP(3474), TIMER_COMP(3310), - TIMER_COMP(3161), TIMER_COMP(3011), TIMER_COMP(2869), TIMER_COMP(2734), TIMER_COMP(2611), - TIMER_COMP(2484), TIMER_COMP(2369), TIMER_COMP(2257), TIMER_COMP(2152), TIMER_COMP(2052), - TIMER_COMP(1956), TIMER_COMP(1866), TIMER_COMP(1779), TIMER_COMP(1695), TIMER_COMP(1615), - TIMER_COMP(1539), TIMER_COMP(1468), TIMER_COMP(1398), TIMER_COMP(1333), TIMER_COMP(1271), - TIMER_COMP(1212), TIMER_COMP(1155), TIMER_COMP(1101), TIMER_COMP(1049), TIMER_COMP(1000), - TIMER_COMP(953), TIMER_COMP(909), TIMER_COMP(866), TIMER_COMP(826), TIMER_COMP(787), - TIMER_COMP(750), TIMER_COMP(715), TIMER_COMP(682), TIMER_COMP(650), TIMER_COMP(619), - TIMER_COMP(590), TIMER_COMP(563), TIMER_COMP(536), TIMER_COMP(511), TIMER_COMP(487), - TIMER_COMP(465), TIMER_COMP(443), TIMER_COMP(422), TIMER_COMP(402), TIMER_COMP(384), - TIMER_COMP(366), TIMER_COMP(349), TIMER_COMP(332), TIMER_COMP(317), TIMER_COMP(302), - TIMER_COMP(288), TIMER_COMP(274), TIMER_COMP(261), TIMER_COMP(249), TIMER_COMP(238), - TIMER_COMP(226), TIMER_COMP(216), TIMER_COMP(206), TIMER_COMP(196), TIMER_COMP(187), - TIMER_COMP(178), TIMER_COMP(170), TIMER_COMP(162), TIMER_COMP(154), TIMER_COMP(147), - TIMER_COMP(140), TIMER_COMP(134), TIMER_COMP(128), TIMER_COMP(122), TIMER_COMP(116), - TIMER_COMP(111), TIMER_COMP(105), TIMER_COMP(100), TIMER_COMP(95.4), TIMER_COMP(90.9), - TIMER_COMP(86.6), TIMER_COMP(82.6), TIMER_COMP(78.7), TIMER_COMP(75.0), TIMER_COMP(71.5), - TIMER_COMP(68.2), TIMER_COMP(65.0), TIMER_COMP(61.9), TIMER_COMP(59.0), TIMER_COMP(56.3), - TIMER_COMP(53.6), TIMER_COMP(51.1) -}; - -/** Currently selected SPI driver, either hardware (for fast ISP speeds) or software (for slower ISP speeds). */ -bool HardwareSPIMode = true; - -/** Software SPI data register for sending and receiving */ -static volatile uint8_t SoftSPI_Data; - -/** Number of bits left to transfer in the software SPI driver */ -static volatile uint8_t SoftSPI_BitsRemaining; - - -/** ISR to handle software SPI transmission and reception */ -ISR(TIMER1_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK) -{ - /* Check if rising edge (output next bit) or falling edge (read in next bit) */ - if (!(PINB & (1 << 1))) - { - if (SoftSPI_Data & (1 << 7)) - PORTB |= (1 << 2); - else - PORTB &= ~(1 << 2); - } - else - { - SoftSPI_Data <<= 1; - - if (!(--SoftSPI_BitsRemaining)) - { - TCCR1B = 0; - TIFR1 = (1 << OCF1A); - } - - if (PINB & (1 << 3)) - SoftSPI_Data |= (1 << 0); - } - - /* Fast toggle of PORTB.1 via the PIN register (see datasheet) */ - PINB |= (1 << 1); -} - -/** Initializes the appropriate SPI driver (hardware or software, depending on the selected ISP speed) ready for - * communication with the attached target. - */ -void ISPTarget_EnableTargetISP(void) -{ - uint8_t SCKDuration = V2Params_GetParameterValue(PARAM_SCK_DURATION); - - if (SCKDuration < sizeof(SPIMaskFromSCKDuration)) - { - HardwareSPIMode = true; - - SPI_Init(pgm_read_byte(&SPIMaskFromSCKDuration[SCKDuration]) | SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST | - SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING | SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING | SPI_MODE_MASTER); - } - else - { - HardwareSPIMode = false; - - DDRB |= ((1 << 1) | (1 << 2)); - PORTB |= ((1 << 0) | (1 << 3)); - - ISPTarget_ConfigureSoftwareSPI(SCKDuration); - } -} - -/** Shuts down the current selected SPI driver (hardware or software, depending on the selected ISP speed) so that no - * further communications can occur until the driver is re-initialized. - */ -void ISPTarget_DisableTargetISP(void) -{ - if (HardwareSPIMode) - { - SPI_Disable(); - } - else - { - DDRB &= ~((1 << 1) | (1 << 2)); - PORTB &= ~((1 << 0) | (1 << 3)); - - /* Must re-enable rescue clock once software ISP has exited, as the timer for the rescue clock is - * re-purposed for software SPI */ - ISPTarget_ConfigureRescueClock(); - } -} - -/** Configures the AVR to produce a 4MHz rescue clock out of the OCR1A pin of the AVR, so - * that it can be fed into the XTAL1 pin of an AVR whose fuses have been mis-configured for - * an external clock rather than a crystal. When used, the ISP speed must be 125KHz for this - * functionality to work correctly. - */ -void ISPTarget_ConfigureRescueClock(void) -{ - #if defined(XCK_RESCUE_CLOCK_ENABLE) - /* Configure XCK as an output for the specified AVR model */ - DDRD |= (1 << 5); - - /* Start USART to generate a 4MHz clock on the XCK pin */ - UBRR1 = ((F_CPU / 2 / ISP_RESCUE_CLOCK_SPEED) - 1); - UCSR1B = (1 << TXEN1); - UCSR1C = (1 << UMSEL10) | (1 << UPM11) | (1 << USBS1) | (1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10) | (1 << UCPOL1); - #else - /* Configure OCR1A as an output for the specified AVR model */ - #if defined(USB_SERIES_2_AVR) - DDRC |= (1 << 6); - #else - DDRB |= (1 << 5); - #endif - - /* Start Timer 1 to generate a 4MHz clock on the OCR1A pin */ - TIMSK1 = 0; - TCNT1 = 0; - OCR1A = ((F_CPU / 2 / ISP_RESCUE_CLOCK_SPEED) - 1); - TCCR1A = (1 << COM1A0); - TCCR1B = ((1 << WGM12) | (1 << CS10)); - #endif -} - -/** Configures the AVR's timer ready to produce software SPI for the slower ISP speeds that - * cannot be obtained when using the AVR's hardware SPI module. - * - * \param[in] SCKDuration Duration of the desired software ISP SCK clock - */ -void ISPTarget_ConfigureSoftwareSPI(const uint8_t SCKDuration) -{ - /* Configure Timer 1 for software SPI using the specified SCK duration */ - TIMSK1 = (1 << OCIE1A); - TCNT1 = 0; - OCR1A = pgm_read_word(&TimerCompareFromSCKDuration[SCKDuration - sizeof(SPIMaskFromSCKDuration)]); - TCCR1A = 0; - TCCR1B = 0; -} - -/** Sends and receives a single byte of data to and from the attached target via software SPI. - * - * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the attached target - * - * \return Received byte of data from the attached target - */ -uint8_t ISPTarget_TransferSoftSPIByte(const uint8_t Byte) -{ - SoftSPI_Data = Byte; - SoftSPI_BitsRemaining = 8; - - /* Set initial MOSI pin state according to the byte to be transferred */ - if (SoftSPI_Data & (1 << 7)) - PORTB |= (1 << 2); - else - PORTB &= ~(1 << 2); - - TCNT1 = 0; - TCCR1B = ((1 << WGM12) | (1 << CS11)); - while (SoftSPI_BitsRemaining && TimeoutTicksRemaining); - TCCR1B = 0; - - return SoftSPI_Data; -} - -/** Asserts or deasserts the target's reset line, using the correct polarity as set by the host using a SET PARAM command. - * When not asserted, the line is tristated so as not to interfere with normal device operation. - * - * \param[in] ResetTarget Boolean true when the target should be held in reset, \c false otherwise - */ -void ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(const bool ResetTarget) -{ - if (ResetTarget) - { - AUX_LINE_DDR |= AUX_LINE_MASK; - - if (!(V2Params_GetParameterValue(PARAM_RESET_POLARITY))) - AUX_LINE_PORT |= AUX_LINE_MASK; - else - AUX_LINE_PORT &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK; - } - else - { - AUX_LINE_DDR &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK; - AUX_LINE_PORT &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK; - } -} - -/** Waits until the target has completed the last operation, by continuously polling the device's - * BUSY flag until it is cleared, or until the command timeout period has expired. - * - * \return V2 Protocol status \ref STATUS_CMD_OK if the no timeout occurred, \ref STATUS_RDY_BSY_TOUT otherwise - */ -uint8_t ISPTarget_WaitWhileTargetBusy(void) -{ - do - { - ISPTarget_SendByte(0xF0); - ISPTarget_SendByte(0x00); - ISPTarget_SendByte(0x00); - } - while ((ISPTarget_ReceiveByte() & 0x01) && TimeoutTicksRemaining); - - return (TimeoutTicksRemaining > 0) ? STATUS_CMD_OK : STATUS_RDY_BSY_TOUT; -} - -/** Sends a low-level LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS command to the target, for addressing of memory beyond the - * 64KB boundary. This sends the command with the correct address as indicated by the current address - * pointer variable set by the host when a SET ADDRESS command is issued. - */ -void ISPTarget_LoadExtendedAddress(void) -{ - ISPTarget_SendByte(LOAD_EXTENDED_ADDRESS_CMD); - ISPTarget_SendByte(0x00); - ISPTarget_SendByte(CurrentAddress >> 16); - ISPTarget_SendByte(0x00); -} - -/** Waits until the last issued target memory programming command has completed, via the check mode given and using - * the given parameters. - * - * \param[in] ProgrammingMode Programming mode used and completion check to use, a mask of \c PROG_MODE_* constants - * \param[in] PollAddress Memory address to poll for completion if polling check mode used - * \param[in] PollValue Poll value to check against if polling check mode used - * \param[in] DelayMS Milliseconds to delay before returning if delay check mode used - * \param[in] ReadMemCommand Device low-level READ MEMORY command to send if value check mode used - * - * \return V2 Protocol status \ref STATUS_CMD_OK if the no timeout occurred, \ref STATUS_RDY_BSY_TOUT or - * \ref STATUS_CMD_TOUT otherwise - */ -uint8_t ISPTarget_WaitForProgComplete(const uint8_t ProgrammingMode, - const uint16_t PollAddress, - const uint8_t PollValue, - const uint8_t DelayMS, - const uint8_t ReadMemCommand) -{ - uint8_t ProgrammingStatus = STATUS_CMD_OK; - - /* Determine method of Programming Complete check */ - switch (ProgrammingMode & ~(PROG_MODE_PAGED_WRITES_MASK | PROG_MODE_COMMIT_PAGE_MASK)) - { - case PROG_MODE_WORD_TIMEDELAY_MASK: - case PROG_MODE_PAGED_TIMEDELAY_MASK: - ISPProtocol_DelayMS(DelayMS); - break; - case PROG_MODE_WORD_VALUE_MASK: - case PROG_MODE_PAGED_VALUE_MASK: - do - { - ISPTarget_SendByte(ReadMemCommand); - ISPTarget_SendByte(PollAddress >> 8); - ISPTarget_SendByte(PollAddress & 0xFF); - } - while ((ISPTarget_TransferByte(0x00) == PollValue) && TimeoutTicksRemaining); - - if (!(TimeoutTicksRemaining)) - ProgrammingStatus = STATUS_CMD_TOUT; - - break; - case PROG_MODE_WORD_READYBUSY_MASK: - case PROG_MODE_PAGED_READYBUSY_MASK: - ProgrammingStatus = ISPTarget_WaitWhileTargetBusy(); - break; - } - - /* Program complete - reset timeout */ - TimeoutTicksRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_TICKS; - - return ProgrammingStatus; -} - -#endif - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5f32f51940..0000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,147 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for ISPTarget.c. - */ - -#ifndef _ISP_TARGET_ -#define _ISP_TARGET_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - #include <avr/pgmspace.h> - #include <util/delay.h> - - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h> - - #include "../V2Protocol.h" - #include "ISPProtocol.h" - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - /* Preprocessor Checks: */ - #if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1)) - #undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL - - #if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) - #define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL - #endif - #endif - - /* Macros: */ - /** Low level device command to issue an extended FLASH address, for devices with over 128KB of FLASH. */ - #define LOAD_EXTENDED_ADDRESS_CMD 0x4D - - /** Macro to convert an ISP frequency to a number of timer clock cycles for the software SPI driver. */ - #define TIMER_COMP(freq) (((F_CPU / 8) / 2 / freq) - 1) - - /** ISP rescue clock speed in Hz, for clocking targets with incorrectly set fuses. */ - #define ISP_RESCUE_CLOCK_SPEED 4000000 - - /* External Variables: */ - extern bool HardwareSPIMode; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void ISPTarget_EnableTargetISP(void); - void ISPTarget_DisableTargetISP(void); - void ISPTarget_ConfigureRescueClock(void); - void ISPTarget_ConfigureSoftwareSPI(const uint8_t SCKDuration); - uint8_t ISPTarget_TransferSoftSPIByte(const uint8_t Byte); - void ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(const bool ResetTarget); - uint8_t ISPTarget_WaitWhileTargetBusy(void); - void ISPTarget_LoadExtendedAddress(void); - uint8_t ISPTarget_WaitForProgComplete(const uint8_t ProgrammingMode, - const uint16_t PollAddress, - const uint8_t PollValue, - const uint8_t DelayMS, - const uint8_t ReadMemCommand); - - /* Inline Functions: */ - /** Sends a byte of ISP data to the attached target, using the appropriate SPI hardware or - * software routines depending on the selected ISP speed. - * - * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the attached target - */ - static inline void ISPTarget_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) - { - if (HardwareSPIMode) - SPI_SendByte(Byte); - else - ISPTarget_TransferSoftSPIByte(Byte); - } - - /** Receives a byte of ISP data from the attached target, using the appropriate - * SPI hardware or software routines depending on the selected ISP speed. - * - * \return Received byte of data from the attached target - */ - static inline uint8_t ISPTarget_ReceiveByte(void) - { - uint8_t ReceivedByte; - - if (HardwareSPIMode) - ReceivedByte = SPI_ReceiveByte(); - else - ReceivedByte = ISPTarget_TransferSoftSPIByte(0x00); - - #if defined(INVERTED_ISP_MISO) - return ~ReceivedByte; - #else - return ReceivedByte; - #endif - } - - /** Sends and receives a byte of ISP data to and from the attached target, using the - * appropriate SPI hardware or software routines depending on the selected ISP speed. - * - * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the attached target - * - * \return Received byte of data from the attached target - */ - static inline uint8_t ISPTarget_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) - { - uint8_t ReceivedByte; - - if (HardwareSPIMode) - ReceivedByte = SPI_TransferByte(Byte); - else - ReceivedByte = ISPTarget_TransferSoftSPIByte(Byte); - - #if defined(INVERTED_ISP_MISO) - return ~ReceivedByte; - #else - return ReceivedByte; - #endif - } - -#endif - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2Protocol.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2Protocol.c deleted file mode 100644 index fd64c5a1e8..0000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2Protocol.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,267 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * V2Protocol handler, to process V2 Protocol commands used in Atmel programmer devices. - */ - -#define INCLUDE_FROM_V2PROTOCOL_C -#include "V2Protocol.h" - -/** Current memory address for FLASH/EEPROM memory read/write commands */ -uint32_t CurrentAddress; - -/** Flag to indicate that the next read/write operation must update the device's current extended FLASH address */ -bool MustLoadExtendedAddress; - - -/** ISR to manage timeouts whilst processing a V2Protocol command */ -ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_NOBLOCK) -{ - if (TimeoutTicksRemaining) - TimeoutTicksRemaining--; - else - TCCR0B = 0; -} - -/** Initializes the hardware and software associated with the V2 protocol command handling. */ -void V2Protocol_Init(void) -{ - #if defined(ADC) && !defined(NO_VTARGET_DETECT) - /* Initialize the ADC converter for VTARGET level detection on supported AVR models */ - ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_128); - ADC_SetupChannel(VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL); - ADC_StartReading(VTARGET_REF_MASK | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL_MASK); - #endif - - /* Timeout timer initialization (~10ms period) */ - OCR0A = (((F_CPU / 1024) / 100) - 1); - TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01); - TIMSK0 = (1 << OCIE0A); - - V2Params_LoadNonVolatileParamValues(); - - #if defined(ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL) - ISPTarget_ConfigureRescueClock(); - #endif -} - -/** Master V2 Protocol packet handler, for received V2 Protocol packets from a connected host. - * This routine decodes the issued command and passes off the handling of the command to the - * appropriate function. - */ -void V2Protocol_ProcessCommand(void) -{ - uint8_t V2Command = Endpoint_Read_8(); - - /* Reset timeout counter duration and start the timer */ - TimeoutTicksRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_TICKS; - TCCR0B = ((1 << CS02) | (1 << CS00)); - - switch (V2Command) - { - case CMD_SIGN_ON: - V2Protocol_SignOn(); - break; - case CMD_SET_PARAMETER: - case CMD_GET_PARAMETER: - V2Protocol_GetSetParam(V2Command); - break; - case CMD_LOAD_ADDRESS: - V2Protocol_LoadAddress(); - break; - case CMD_RESET_PROTECTION: - V2Protocol_ResetProtection(); - break; -#if defined(ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL) - case CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE_ISP: - ISPProtocol_EnterISPMode(); - break; - case CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE_ISP: - ISPProtocol_LeaveISPMode(); - break; - case CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP: - case CMD_PROGRAM_EEPROM_ISP: - ISPProtocol_ProgramMemory(V2Command); - break; - case CMD_READ_FLASH_ISP: - case CMD_READ_EEPROM_ISP: - ISPProtocol_ReadMemory(V2Command); - break; - case CMD_CHIP_ERASE_ISP: - ISPProtocol_ChipErase(); - break; - case CMD_READ_FUSE_ISP: - case CMD_READ_LOCK_ISP: - case CMD_READ_SIGNATURE_ISP: - case CMD_READ_OSCCAL_ISP: - ISPProtocol_ReadFuseLockSigOSCCAL(V2Command); - break; - case CMD_PROGRAM_FUSE_ISP: - case CMD_PROGRAM_LOCK_ISP: - ISPProtocol_WriteFuseLock(V2Command); - break; - case CMD_SPI_MULTI: - ISPProtocol_SPIMulti(); - break; -#endif -#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) - case CMD_XPROG_SETMODE: - XPROGProtocol_SetMode(); - break; - case CMD_XPROG: - XPROGProtocol_Command(); - break; -#endif - default: - V2Protocol_UnknownCommand(V2Command); - break; - } - - /* Disable the timeout management timer */ - TCCR0B = 0; - - Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT); -} - -/** Handler for unknown V2 protocol commands. This discards all sent data and returns a - * STATUS_CMD_UNKNOWN status back to the host. - * - * \param[in] V2Command Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host - */ -static void V2Protocol_UnknownCommand(const uint8_t V2Command) -{ - /* Discard all incoming data */ - while (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE) - { - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(); - } - - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); - - Endpoint_Write_8(V2Command); - Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_UNKNOWN); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); -} - -/** Handler for the CMD_SIGN_ON command, returning the programmer ID string to the host. */ -static void V2Protocol_SignOn(void) -{ - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); - - Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_SIGN_ON); - Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK); - Endpoint_Write_8(sizeof(PROGRAMMER_ID) - 1); - Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(PROGRAMMER_ID, (sizeof(PROGRAMMER_ID) - 1), NULL); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); -} - -/** Handler for the CMD_RESET_PROTECTION command, implemented as a dummy ACK function as - * no target short-circuit protection is currently implemented. - */ -static void V2Protocol_ResetProtection(void) -{ - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); - - Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_RESET_PROTECTION); - Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); -} - - -/** Handler for the CMD_SET_PARAMETER and CMD_GET_PARAMETER commands from the host, setting or - * getting a device parameter's value from the parameter table. - * - * \param[in] V2Command Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host - */ -static void V2Protocol_GetSetParam(const uint8_t V2Command) -{ - uint8_t ParamID = Endpoint_Read_8(); - uint8_t ParamValue; - - if (V2Command == CMD_SET_PARAMETER) - ParamValue = Endpoint_Read_8(); - - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); - - Endpoint_Write_8(V2Command); - - uint8_t ParamPrivs = V2Params_GetParameterPrivileges(ParamID); - - if ((V2Command == CMD_SET_PARAMETER) && (ParamPrivs & PARAM_PRIV_WRITE)) - { - Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK); - V2Params_SetParameterValue(ParamID, ParamValue); - } - else if ((V2Command == CMD_GET_PARAMETER) && (ParamPrivs & PARAM_PRIV_READ)) - { - Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK); - Endpoint_Write_8(V2Params_GetParameterValue(ParamID)); - } - else - { - Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_FAILED); - } - - Endpoint_ClearIN(); -} - -/** Handler for the CMD_LOAD_ADDRESS command, loading the given device address into a - * global storage variable for later use, and issuing LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS commands - * to the attached device as required. - */ -static void V2Protocol_LoadAddress(void) -{ - Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE(&CurrentAddress, sizeof(CurrentAddress), NULL); - - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); - - if (CurrentAddress & (1UL << 31)) - MustLoadExtendedAddress = true; - - Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_LOAD_ADDRESS); - Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); -} - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2Protocol.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2Protocol.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0f447ba4b9..0000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2Protocol.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,105 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for V2Protocol.c. - */ - -#ifndef _V2_PROTOCOL_ -#define _V2_PROTOCOL_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - #include <avr/interrupt.h> - #include <avr/wdt.h> - - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - - #include "../AVRISPDescriptors.h" - #include "V2ProtocolConstants.h" - #include "V2ProtocolParams.h" - #include "ISP/ISPProtocol.h" - #include "XPROG/XPROGProtocol.h" - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - /* Preprocessor Checks: */ - #if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1)) - #undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL - - #if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) - #define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL - #endif - #endif - - #if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) && ((VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL == 2) || (VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL == 3)) && !defined(NO_VTARGET_DETECT) - #error The U4 AVR chips do not contain ADC channels 2 or 3. Please change VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL or define NO_VTARGET_DETECT in the makefile. - #endif - - #if defined(VTARGET_USE_INTERNAL_REF) - #undef VTARGET_REF_VOLTS - #define VTARGET_REF_VOLTS 2.56 - - #define VTARGET_REF_MASK ADC_REFERENCE_INT2560MV - #else - #define VTARGET_REF_MASK ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC - #endif - - /* Macros: */ - /** Programmer ID string, returned to the host during the CMD_SIGN_ON command processing. */ - #define PROGRAMMER_ID "AVRISP_MK2" - - /** Timeout period for each issued command from the host before it is aborted (in 10ms ticks). */ - #define COMMAND_TIMEOUT_TICKS 100 - - /** Command timeout ticks remaining counter, GPIOR for speed. */ - #define TimeoutTicksRemaining GPIOR1 - - /** MUX mask for the VTARGET ADC channel number. */ - #define VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL_MASK ADC_GET_CHANNEL_MASK(VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL) - - /* External Variables: */ - extern uint32_t CurrentAddress; - extern bool MustLoadExtendedAddress; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void V2Protocol_Init(void); - void V2Protocol_ProcessCommand(void); - - #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_V2PROTOCOL_C) - static void V2Protocol_UnknownCommand(const uint8_t V2Command); - static void V2Protocol_SignOn(void); - static void V2Protocol_GetSetParam(const uint8_t V2Command); - static void V2Protocol_ResetProtection(void); - static void V2Protocol_LoadAddress(void); - #endif - -#endif - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolConstants.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolConstants.h deleted file mode 100644 index 121eae7f3f..0000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolConstants.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,90 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Macros for the V2 Protocol Packet Commands and Responses. - */ - -#ifndef _V2_PROTOCOL_CONSTANTS_ -#define _V2_PROTOCOL_CONSTANTS_ - - /* Macros: */ - #define CMD_SIGN_ON 0x01 - #define CMD_SET_PARAMETER 0x02 - #define CMD_GET_PARAMETER 0x03 - #define CMD_OSCCAL 0x05 - #define CMD_LOAD_ADDRESS 0x06 - #define CMD_FIRMWARE_UPGRADE 0x07 - #define CMD_RESET_PROTECTION 0x0A - #define CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE_ISP 0x10 - #define CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE_ISP 0x11 - #define CMD_CHIP_ERASE_ISP 0x12 - #define CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP 0x13 - #define CMD_READ_FLASH_ISP 0x14 - #define CMD_PROGRAM_EEPROM_ISP 0x15 - #define CMD_READ_EEPROM_ISP 0x16 - #define CMD_PROGRAM_FUSE_ISP 0x17 - #define CMD_READ_FUSE_ISP 0x18 - #define CMD_PROGRAM_LOCK_ISP 0x19 - #define CMD_READ_LOCK_ISP 0x1A - #define CMD_READ_SIGNATURE_ISP 0x1B - #define CMD_READ_OSCCAL_ISP 0x1C - #define CMD_SPI_MULTI 0x1D - #define CMD_XPROG 0x50 - #define CMD_XPROG_SETMODE 0x51 - - #define STATUS_CMD_OK 0x00 - #define STATUS_CMD_TOUT 0x80 - #define STATUS_RDY_BSY_TOUT 0x81 - #define STATUS_SET_PARAM_MISSING 0x82 - #define STATUS_CMD_FAILED 0xC0 - #define STATUS_CMD_UNKNOWN 0xC9 - #define STATUS_CMD_ILLEGAL_PARAM 0xCA - #define STATUS_ISP_READY 0x00 - #define STATUS_CONN_FAIL_MOSI 0x01 - #define STATUS_CONN_FAIL_RST 0x02 - #define STATUS_CONN_FAIL_SCK 0x04 - #define STATUS_TGT_NOT_DETECTED 0x10 - #define STATUS_TGT_REVERSE_INSERTED 0x20 - - #define PARAM_BUILD_NUMBER_LOW 0x80 - #define PARAM_BUILD_NUMBER_HIGH 0x81 - #define PARAM_HW_VER 0x90 - #define PARAM_SW_MAJOR 0x91 - #define PARAM_SW_MINOR 0x92 - #define PARAM_VTARGET 0x94 - #define PARAM_SCK_DURATION 0x98 - #define PARAM_RESET_POLARITY 0x9E - #define PARAM_STATUS_TGT_CONN 0xA1 - #define PARAM_DISCHARGEDELAY 0xA4 - -#endif - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.c deleted file mode 100644 index 0b33c212f8..0000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,207 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * V2Protocol parameter handler, to process V2 Protocol device parameters. - */ - -#define INCLUDE_FROM_V2PROTOCOL_PARAMS_C -#include "V2ProtocolParams.h" - -/* Non-Volatile Parameter Values for EEPROM storage */ -static uint8_t EEMEM EEPROM_Reset_Polarity = 0x01; - -/* Non-Volatile Parameter Values for EEPROM storage */ -static uint8_t EEMEM EEPROM_SCK_Duration = 0x06; - -/* Volatile Parameter Values for RAM storage */ -static ParameterItem_t ParameterTable[] = - { - { .ParamID = PARAM_BUILD_NUMBER_LOW, - .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ, - .ParamValue = 0 }, - - { .ParamID = PARAM_BUILD_NUMBER_HIGH, - .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ, - .ParamValue = 0 }, - - { .ParamID = PARAM_HW_VER, - .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ, - .ParamValue = 0x00 }, - - { .ParamID = PARAM_SW_MAJOR, - .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ, - .ParamValue = 0x01 }, - - { .ParamID = PARAM_SW_MINOR, - .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ, - .ParamValue = FIRMWARE_VERSION_MINOR }, - - { .ParamID = PARAM_VTARGET, - .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ, - .ParamValue = (uint8_t)(3.3 * 10) }, - - { .ParamID = PARAM_SCK_DURATION, - .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ | PARAM_PRIV_WRITE, - .ParamValue = 6 }, - - { .ParamID = PARAM_RESET_POLARITY, - .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ | PARAM_PRIV_WRITE, - .ParamValue = 0x01 }, - - { .ParamID = PARAM_STATUS_TGT_CONN, - .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ, - .ParamValue = STATUS_ISP_READY }, - - { .ParamID = PARAM_DISCHARGEDELAY, - .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ | PARAM_PRIV_WRITE, - .ParamValue = 0x00 }, - }; - - -/** Loads saved non-volatile parameter values from the EEPROM into the parameter table, as needed. */ -void V2Params_LoadNonVolatileParamValues(void) -{ - /* Read parameter values that are stored in non-volatile EEPROM */ - uint8_t ResetPolarity = eeprom_read_byte(&EEPROM_Reset_Polarity); - uint8_t SCKDuration = eeprom_read_byte(&EEPROM_SCK_Duration); - - /* Update current parameter table if the EEPROM contents was not blank */ - if (ResetPolarity != 0xFF) - V2Params_GetParamFromTable(PARAM_RESET_POLARITY)->ParamValue = ResetPolarity; - - /* Update current parameter table if the EEPROM contents was not blank */ - if (SCKDuration != 0xFF) - V2Params_GetParamFromTable(PARAM_SCK_DURATION)->ParamValue = SCKDuration; -} - -/** Updates any parameter values that are sourced from hardware rather than explicitly set by the host, such as - * VTARGET levels from the ADC on supported AVR models. - */ -void V2Params_UpdateParamValues(void) -{ - #if (defined(ADC) && !defined(NO_VTARGET_DETECT)) - /* Update VTARGET parameter with the latest ADC conversion of VTARGET on supported AVR models */ - V2Params_GetParamFromTable(PARAM_VTARGET)->ParamValue = (((uint16_t)(VTARGET_REF_VOLTS * 10 * VTARGET_SCALE_FACTOR) * ADC_GetResult()) / 1024); - #endif -} - -/** Retrieves the host PC read/write privileges for a given parameter in the parameter table. This should - * be called before calls to \ref V2Params_GetParameterValue() or \ref V2Params_SetParameterValue() when - * getting or setting parameter values in response to requests from the host. - * - * \param[in] ParamID Parameter ID whose privileges are to be retrieved from the table - * - * \return Privileges for the requested parameter, as a mask of \c PARAM_PRIV_* masks - */ -uint8_t V2Params_GetParameterPrivileges(const uint8_t ParamID) -{ - ParameterItem_t* const ParamInfo = V2Params_GetParamFromTable(ParamID); - - if (ParamInfo == NULL) - return 0; - - return ParamInfo->ParamPrivileges; -} - -/** Retrieves the current value for a given parameter in the parameter table. - * - * \note This function does not first check for read privileges - if the value is being sent to the host via a - * GET PARAM command, \ref V2Params_GetParameterPrivileges() should be called first to ensure that the - * parameter is host-readable. - * - * \param[in] ParamID Parameter ID whose value is to be retrieved from the table - * - * \return Current value of the parameter in the table, or 0 if not found - */ -uint8_t V2Params_GetParameterValue(const uint8_t ParamID) -{ - ParameterItem_t* const ParamInfo = V2Params_GetParamFromTable(ParamID); - - if (ParamInfo == NULL) - return 0; - - return ParamInfo->ParamValue; -} - -/** Sets the value for a given parameter in the parameter table. - * - * \note This function does not first check for write privileges - if the value is being sourced from the host - * via a SET PARAM command, \ref V2Params_GetParameterPrivileges() should be called first to ensure that the - * parameter is host-writable. - * - * \param[in] ParamID Parameter ID whose value is to be set in the table - * \param[in] Value New value to set the parameter to - * - * \return Pointer to the associated parameter information from the parameter table if found, NULL otherwise - */ -void V2Params_SetParameterValue(const uint8_t ParamID, - const uint8_t Value) -{ - ParameterItem_t* const ParamInfo = V2Params_GetParamFromTable(ParamID); - - if (ParamInfo == NULL) - return; - - ParamInfo->ParamValue = Value; - - /* The target RESET line polarity is a non-volatile parameter, save to EEPROM when changed */ - if (ParamID == PARAM_RESET_POLARITY) - eeprom_update_byte(&EEPROM_Reset_Polarity, Value); - - /* The target SCK line period is a non-volatile parameter, save to EEPROM when changed */ - if (ParamID == PARAM_SCK_DURATION) - eeprom_update_byte(&EEPROM_SCK_Duration, Value); -} - -/** Retrieves a parameter entry (including ID, value and privileges) from the parameter table that matches the given - * parameter ID. - * - * \param[in] ParamID Parameter ID to find in the table - * - * \return Pointer to the associated parameter information from the parameter table if found, NULL otherwise - */ -static ParameterItem_t* const V2Params_GetParamFromTable(const uint8_t ParamID) -{ - ParameterItem_t* CurrTableItem = ParameterTable; - - /* Find the parameter in the parameter table if present */ - for (uint8_t TableIndex = 0; TableIndex < TABLE_PARAM_COUNT; TableIndex++) - { - if (ParamID == CurrTableItem->ParamID) - return CurrTableItem; - - CurrTableItem++; - } - - return NULL; -} - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.h deleted file mode 100644 index b195f67c55..0000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,91 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for V2ProtocolParams.c. - */ - -#ifndef _V2_PROTOCOL_PARAMS_ -#define _V2_PROTOCOL_PARAMS_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - #include <avr/eeprom.h> - - #if defined(ADC) - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h> - #endif - - #include "V2Protocol.h" - #include "V2ProtocolConstants.h" - #include "ISP/ISPTarget.h" - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - /* Macros: */ - /** Parameter privilege mask to allow the host PC to read the parameter's value. */ - #define PARAM_PRIV_READ (1 << 0) - - /** Parameter privilege mask to allow the host PC to change the parameter's value. */ - #define PARAM_PRIV_WRITE (1 << 1) - - /** Total number of parameters in the parameter table */ - #define TABLE_PARAM_COUNT (sizeof(ParameterTable) / sizeof(ParameterTable[0])) - - #if (!defined(FIRMWARE_VERSION_MINOR) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)) - /** Minor firmware version, reported to the host on request; must match the version - * the host is expecting, or it (may) reject further communications with the programmer. */ - #define FIRMWARE_VERSION_MINOR 0x18 - #endif - - /* Type Defines: */ - /** Type define for a parameter table entry indicating a PC readable or writable device parameter. */ - typedef struct - { - const uint8_t ParamID; /**< Parameter ID number to uniquely identify the parameter within the device */ - const uint8_t ParamPrivileges; /**< Parameter privileges to allow the host to read or write the parameter's value */ - uint8_t ParamValue; /**< Current parameter's value within the device */ - } ParameterItem_t; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void V2Params_LoadNonVolatileParamValues(void); - void V2Params_UpdateParamValues(void); - - uint8_t V2Params_GetParameterPrivileges(const uint8_t ParamID); - uint8_t V2Params_GetParameterValue(const uint8_t ParamID); - void V2Params_SetParameterValue(const uint8_t ParamID, - const uint8_t Value); - - #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_V2PROTOCOL_PARAMS_C) - static ParameterItem_t* const V2Params_GetParamFromTable(const uint8_t ParamID); - #endif - -#endif - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.c deleted file mode 100644 index 22eb7d74cb..0000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,274 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Target-related functions for the TINY target's NVM module. - */ - -#define INCLUDE_FROM_TINYNVM_C -#include "TINYNVM.h" - -#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - -/** Sends the given pointer address to the target's TPI pointer register */ -static void TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(const uint16_t AbsoluteAddress) -{ - /* Send the given 16-bit address to the target, LSB first */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SSTPR | 0); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(AbsoluteAddress & 0xFF); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SSTPR | 1); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(AbsoluteAddress >> 8); -} - -/** Sends a SIN command to the target with the specified I/O address, ready for the data byte to be written. - * - * \param[in] Address 6-bit I/O address to write to in the target's I/O memory space - */ -static void TINYNVM_SendReadNVMRegister(const uint8_t Address) -{ - /* The TPI command for reading from the I/O space uses strange addressing, where the I/O address's upper - * two bits of the 6-bit address are shifted left once - use function to reduce code size */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SIN(Address)); -} - -/** Sends a SOUT command to the target with the specified I/O address, ready for the data byte to be read. - * - * \param[in] Address 6-bit I/O address to read from in the target's I/O memory space - */ -static void TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(const uint8_t Address) -{ - /* The TPI command for reading from the I/O space uses strange addressing, where the I/O address's upper - * two bits of the 6-bit address are shifted left once - use function to reduce code size */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SOUT(Address)); -} - -/** Busy-waits while the NVM controller is busy performing a NVM operation, such as a FLASH page read. - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the NVM controller became ready within the timeout period, \c false otherwise - */ -bool TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void) -{ - /* Poll the STATUS register to check to see if NVM access has been enabled */ - for (;;) - { - /* Send the SLDCS command to read the TPI STATUS register to see the NVM bus is active */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SLDCS(TPI_REG_STATUS)); - - uint8_t StatusRegister = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte(); - - /* We might have timed out waiting for the status register read response, check here */ - if (!(TimeoutTicksRemaining)) - return false; - - /* Check the status register read response to see if the NVM bus is enabled */ - if (StatusRegister & TPI_STATUS_NVM) - return true; - } -} - -/** Waits while the target's NVM controller is busy performing an operation, exiting if the - * timeout period expires. - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the NVM controller became ready within the timeout period, \c false otherwise - */ -bool TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy(void) -{ - /* Poll the STATUS register to check to see if NVM access has been enabled */ - for (;;) - { - /* Send the SIN command to read the TPI STATUS register to see the NVM bus is busy */ - TINYNVM_SendReadNVMRegister(XPROG_Param_NVMCSRRegAddr); - - uint8_t StatusRegister = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte(); - - /* We might have timed out waiting for the status register read response, check here */ - if (!(TimeoutTicksRemaining)) - return false; - - /* Check to see if the BUSY flag is still set */ - if (!(StatusRegister & (1 << 7))) - return true; - } -} - -/** Enables the physical TPI interface on the target and enables access to the internal NVM controller. - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the TPI interface was enabled successfully, \c false otherwise - */ -bool TINYNVM_EnableTPI(void) -{ - /* Enable TPI programming mode with the attached target */ - XPROGTarget_EnableTargetTPI(); - - /* Lower direction change guard time to 32 USART bits */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SSTCS(TPI_REG_CTRL)); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x02); - - /* Enable access to the XPROG NVM bus by sending the documented NVM access key to the device */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SKEY); - for (uint8_t i = sizeof(TPI_NVMENABLE_KEY); i > 0; i--) - XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_NVMENABLE_KEY[i - 1]); - - /* Wait until the NVM bus becomes active */ - return TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(); -} - -/** Removes access to the target's NVM controller and physically disables the target's physical TPI interface. */ -void TINYNVM_DisableTPI(void) -{ - TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(); - - do - { - /* Clear the NVMEN bit in the TPI STATUS register to disable TPI mode */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SSTCS(TPI_REG_STATUS)); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00); - - /* Read back the STATUS register, check to see if it took effect */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SLDCS(TPI_REG_STATUS)); - } while (XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte() != 0x00); - - XPROGTarget_DisableTargetTPI(); -} - -/** Reads memory from the target's memory spaces. - * - * \param[in] ReadAddress Start address to read from within the target's address space - * \param[out] ReadBuffer Buffer to store read data into - * \param[in] ReadSize Length of the data to read from the device - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully - */ -bool TINYNVM_ReadMemory(const uint16_t ReadAddress, - uint8_t* ReadBuffer, - uint16_t ReadSize) -{ - /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */ - if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy())) - return false; - - /* Set the NVM control register to the NO OP command for memory reading */ - TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(TINY_NVM_CMD_NOOP); - - /* Send the address of the location to read from */ - TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(ReadAddress); - - while (ReadSize-- && TimeoutTicksRemaining) - { - /* Read the byte of data from the target */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SLD(TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI)); - *(ReadBuffer++) = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte(); - } - - return (TimeoutTicksRemaining > 0); -} - -/** Writes word addressed memory to the target's memory spaces. - * - * \param[in] WriteAddress Start address to write to within the target's address space - * \param[in] WriteBuffer Buffer to source data from - * \param[in] WriteLength Total number of bytes to write to the device (must be an integer multiple of 2) - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully - */ -bool TINYNVM_WriteMemory(const uint16_t WriteAddress, - uint8_t* WriteBuffer, - uint16_t WriteLength) -{ - /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */ - if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy())) - return false; - - /* Must have an integer number of words to write - if extra byte, word-align via a dummy high byte */ - if (WriteLength & 0x01) - WriteBuffer[WriteLength++] = 0xFF; - - /* Set the NVM control register to the WORD WRITE command for memory writing */ - TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(TINY_NVM_CMD_WORDWRITE); - - /* Send the address of the location to write to */ - TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(WriteAddress); - - while (WriteLength) - { - /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */ - if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy())) - return false; - - /* Write the low byte of data to the target */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SST(TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI)); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(*(WriteBuffer++)); - - /* Write the high byte of data to the target */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SST(TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI)); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(*(WriteBuffer++)); - - /* Need to decrement the write length twice, since we wrote a whole two-byte word */ - WriteLength -= 2; - } - - return true; -} - -/** Erases the target's memory space. - * - * \param[in] EraseCommand NVM erase command to send to the device - * \param[in] Address Address inside the memory space to erase - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully - */ -bool TINYNVM_EraseMemory(const uint8_t EraseCommand, - const uint16_t Address) -{ - /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */ - if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy())) - return false; - - /* Set the NVM control register to the target memory erase command */ - TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(EraseCommand); - - /* Write to a high byte location within the target address space to start the erase process */ - TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(Address | 0x0001); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SST(TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT)); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00); - - /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */ - if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy())) - return false; - - return true; -} - -#endif - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.h deleted file mode 100644 index 61389bb455..0000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for TINYNVM.c. - */ - -#ifndef _TINY_NVM_ -#define _TINY_NVM_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - #include <avr/interrupt.h> - #include <stdbool.h> - - #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h> - - #include "XPROGProtocol.h" - #include "XPROGTarget.h" - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - /* Preprocessor Checks: */ - #if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1)) - #undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL - - #if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) - #define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL - #endif - #endif - - /* Defines: */ - #define TINY_NVM_CMD_NOOP 0x00 - #define TINY_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE 0x10 - #define TINY_NVM_CMD_SECTIONERASE 0x14 - #define TINY_NVM_CMD_WORDWRITE 0x1D - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - bool TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void); - bool TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy(void); - bool TINYNVM_EnableTPI(void); - void TINYNVM_DisableTPI(void); - bool TINYNVM_ReadMemory(const uint16_t ReadAddress, - uint8_t* ReadBuffer, - uint16_t ReadLength); - bool TINYNVM_WriteMemory(const uint16_t WriteAddress, - uint8_t* WriteBuffer, - uint16_t WriteLength); - bool TINYNVM_EraseMemory(const uint8_t EraseCommand, - const uint16_t Address); - - #if (defined(INCLUDE_FROM_TINYNVM_C) && defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)) - static void TINYNVM_SendReadNVMRegister(const uint8_t Address); - static void TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(const uint8_t Address); - static void TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(const uint16_t AbsoluteAddress); - #endif - -#endif - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.c deleted file mode 100644 index 0208a634b7..0000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,468 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Target-related functions for the XMEGA target's NVM module. - */ - -#define INCLUDE_FROM_XMEGA_NVM_C -#include "XMEGANVM.h" - -#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - -/** Sends the given 32-bit absolute address to the target. - * - * \param[in] AbsoluteAddress Absolute address to send to the target - */ -static void XMEGANVM_SendAddress(const uint32_t AbsoluteAddress) -{ - /* Send the given 32-bit address to the target, LSB first */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(AbsoluteAddress & 0xFF); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(AbsoluteAddress >> 8); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(AbsoluteAddress >> 16); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(AbsoluteAddress >> 24); -} - -/** Sends the given NVM register address to the target. - * - * \param[in] Register NVM register whose absolute address is to be sent - */ -static void XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(const uint8_t Register) -{ - /* Determine the absolute register address from the NVM base memory address and the NVM register address */ - uint32_t Address = XPROG_Param_NVMBase | Register; - - /* Send the calculated 32-bit address to the target, LSB first */ - XMEGANVM_SendAddress(Address); -} - -/** Busy-waits while the NVM controller is busy performing a NVM operation, such as a FLASH page read or CRC - * calculation. - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the NVM controller became ready within the timeout period, \c false otherwise - */ -bool XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void) -{ - /* Poll the STATUS register to check to see if NVM access has been enabled */ - for (;;) - { - /* Send the LDCS command to read the PDI STATUS register to see the NVM bus is active */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LDCS(PDI_REG_STATUS)); - - uint8_t StatusRegister = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte(); - - /* We might have timed out waiting for the status register read response, check here */ - if (!(TimeoutTicksRemaining)) - return false; - - /* Check the status register read response to see if the NVM bus is enabled */ - if (StatusRegister & PDI_STATUS_NVM) - return true; - } -} - -/** Waits while the target's NVM controller is busy performing an operation, exiting if the - * timeout period expires. - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the NVM controller became ready within the timeout period, \c false otherwise - */ -bool XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy(void) -{ - /* Preload the pointer register with the NVM STATUS register address to check the BUSY flag */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST(PDI_POINTER_DIRECT, PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES)); - XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_STATUS); - - /* Poll the NVM STATUS register while the NVM controller is busy */ - for (;;) - { - /* Fetch the current status value via the pointer register (without auto-increment afterwards) */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LD(PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - - uint8_t StatusRegister = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte(); - - /* We might have timed out waiting for the status register read response, check here */ - if (!(TimeoutTicksRemaining)) - return false; - - /* Check to see if the BUSY flag is still set */ - if (!(StatusRegister & (1 << 7))) - return true; - } -} - -/** Enables the physical PDI interface on the target and enables access to the internal NVM controller. - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the PDI interface was enabled successfully, \c false otherwise - */ -bool XMEGANVM_EnablePDI(void) -{ - /* Enable PDI programming mode with the attached target */ - XPROGTarget_EnableTargetPDI(); - - /* Store the RESET key into the RESET PDI register to keep the XMEGA in reset */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STCS(PDI_REG_RESET)); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_RESET_KEY); - - /* Lower direction change guard time to 32 USART bits */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STCS(PDI_REG_CTRL)); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x02); - - /* Enable access to the XPROG NVM bus by sending the documented NVM access key to the device */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_KEY); - for (uint8_t i = sizeof(PDI_NVMENABLE_KEY); i > 0; i--) - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_NVMENABLE_KEY[i - 1]); - - /* Wait until the NVM bus becomes active */ - return XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(); -} - -/** Removes access to the target's NVM controller and physically disables the target's physical PDI interface. */ -void XMEGANVM_DisablePDI(void) -{ - XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(); - - /* Clear the RESET key in the RESET PDI register to allow the XMEGA to run - must perform this until the - * change takes effect, as in some cases it takes multiple writes (silicon bug?). - */ - do - { - /* Clear reset register */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STCS(PDI_REG_RESET)); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00); - - /* Read back the reset register, check to see if it took effect */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LDCS(PDI_REG_RESET)); - } while (XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte() != 0x00); - - XPROGTarget_DisableTargetPDI(); -} - -/** Retrieves the CRC value of the given memory space. - * - * \param[in] CRCCommand NVM CRC command to issue to the target - * \param[out] CRCDest CRC Destination when read from the target - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully - */ -bool XMEGANVM_GetMemoryCRC(const uint8_t CRCCommand, - uint32_t* const CRCDest) -{ - *CRCDest = 0; - - /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */ - if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy())) - return false; - - /* Set the NVM command to the correct CRC read command */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(CRCCommand); - - /* Set CMDEX bit in NVM CTRLA register to start the CRC generation */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_BIT_CTRLA_CMDEX); - - /* Wait until the NVM bus is ready again */ - if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy())) - return false; - - /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */ - if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy())) - return false; - - /* Load the PDI pointer register with the DAT0 register start address */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST(PDI_POINTER_DIRECT, PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES)); - XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_DAT0); - - /* Send the REPEAT command to grab the CRC bytes */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_REPEAT(PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_CRC_LENGTH_BYTES - 1); - - /* Read in the CRC bytes from the target */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LD(PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < XMEGA_CRC_LENGTH_BYTES; i++) - ((uint8_t*)CRCDest)[i] = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte(); - - return (TimeoutTicksRemaining > 0); -} - -/** Reads memory from the target's memory spaces. - * - * \param[in] ReadAddress Start address to read from within the target's address space - * \param[out] ReadBuffer Buffer to store read data into - * \param[in] ReadSize Number of bytes to read - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully - */ -bool XMEGANVM_ReadMemory(const uint32_t ReadAddress, - uint8_t* ReadBuffer, - uint16_t ReadSize) -{ - /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */ - if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy())) - return false; - - /* Send the READNVM command to the NVM controller for reading of an arbitrary location */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READNVM); - - if (ReadSize > 1) - { - /* Load the PDI pointer register with the start address we want to read from */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST(PDI_POINTER_DIRECT, PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES)); - XMEGANVM_SendAddress(ReadAddress); - - /* Send the REPEAT command with the specified number of bytes to read */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_REPEAT(PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(ReadSize - 1); - - /* Send a LD command with indirect access and post-increment to read out the bytes */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LD(PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - while (ReadSize-- && TimeoutTicksRemaining) - *(ReadBuffer++) = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte(); - } - else - { - /* Send a LDS command with the read address to read out the requested byte */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LDS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XMEGANVM_SendAddress(ReadAddress); - *(ReadBuffer++) = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte(); - } - - return (TimeoutTicksRemaining > 0); -} - -/** Writes byte addressed memory to the target's memory spaces. - * - * \param[in] WriteCommand Command to send to the device to write each memory byte - * \param[in] WriteAddress Address to write to within the target's address space - * \param[in] Byte Byte to write to the target - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully - */ -bool XMEGANVM_WriteByteMemory(const uint8_t WriteCommand, - const uint32_t WriteAddress, - const uint8_t Byte) -{ - /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */ - if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy())) - return false; - - /* Send the memory write command to the target */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(WriteCommand); - - /* Send new memory byte to the memory of the target */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XMEGANVM_SendAddress(WriteAddress); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(Byte); - - return true; -} - -/** Writes page addressed memory to the target's memory spaces. - * - * \param[in] WriteBuffCommand Command to send to the device to write a byte to the memory page buffer - * \param[in] EraseBuffCommand Command to send to the device to erase the memory page buffer - * \param[in] WritePageCommand Command to send to the device to write the page buffer to the destination memory - * \param[in] PageMode Bitfield indicating what operations need to be executed on the specified page - * \param[in] WriteAddress Start address to write the page data to within the target's address space - * \param[in] WriteBuffer Buffer to source data from - * \param[in] WriteSize Number of bytes to write - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully - */ -bool XMEGANVM_WritePageMemory(const uint8_t WriteBuffCommand, - const uint8_t EraseBuffCommand, - const uint8_t WritePageCommand, - const uint8_t PageMode, - const uint32_t WriteAddress, - const uint8_t* WriteBuffer, - uint16_t WriteSize) -{ - if (PageMode & XPROG_PAGEMODE_ERASE) - { - /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */ - if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy())) - return false; - - /* Send the memory buffer erase command to the target */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(EraseBuffCommand); - - /* Set CMDEX bit in NVM CTRLA register to start the buffer erase */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_BIT_CTRLA_CMDEX); - } - - if (WriteSize) - { - /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */ - if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy())) - return false; - - /* Send the memory buffer write command to the target */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(WriteBuffCommand); - - /* Load the PDI pointer register with the start address we want to write to */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST(PDI_POINTER_DIRECT, PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES)); - XMEGANVM_SendAddress(WriteAddress); - - /* Send the REPEAT command with the specified number of bytes to write */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_REPEAT(PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(WriteSize - 1); - - /* Send a ST command with indirect access and post-increment to write the bytes */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST(PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - while (WriteSize--) - XPROGTarget_SendByte(*(WriteBuffer++)); - } - - if (PageMode & XPROG_PAGEMODE_WRITE) - { - /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */ - if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy())) - return false; - - /* Send the memory write command to the target */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(WritePageCommand); - - /* Send the address of the first page location to write the memory page */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XMEGANVM_SendAddress(WriteAddress); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00); - } - - return true; -} - -/** Erases a specific memory space of the target. - * - * \param[in] EraseCommand NVM erase command to send to the device - * \param[in] Address Address inside the memory space to erase - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully - */ -bool XMEGANVM_EraseMemory(const uint8_t EraseCommand, - const uint32_t Address) -{ - /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */ - if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy())) - return false; - - /* EEPROM and Chip erasures are triggered differently to FLASH section erasures */ - if (EraseCommand == XMEGA_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE) - { - /* Send the memory erase command to the target */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(EraseCommand); - - /* Set CMDEX bit in NVM CTRLA register to start the erase sequence */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_BIT_CTRLA_CMDEX); - } - else if (EraseCommand == XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROM) - { - /* Send the EEPROM page buffer erase command to the target */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROMPAGEBUFF); - - /* Set CMDEX bit in NVM CTRLA register to start the buffer erase */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_BIT_CTRLA_CMDEX); - - /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */ - if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy())) - return false; - - /* Send the EEPROM memory buffer write command to the target */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_CMD_LOADEEPROMPAGEBUFF); - - /* Load the PDI pointer register with the EEPROM page start address */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST(PDI_POINTER_DIRECT, PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES)); - XMEGANVM_SendAddress(Address); - - /* Send the REPEAT command with the specified number of bytes to write */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_REPEAT(PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(XPROG_Param_EEPageSize - 1); - - /* Send a ST command with indirect access and post-increment to tag each byte in the EEPROM page buffer */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST(PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - for (uint8_t PageByte = 0; PageByte < XPROG_Param_EEPageSize; PageByte++) - XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00); - - /* Send the memory erase command to the target */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(EraseCommand); - - /* Set CMDEX bit in NVM CTRLA register to start the EEPROM erase sequence */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_BIT_CTRLA_CMDEX); - } - else - { - /* Send the memory erase command to the target */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(EraseCommand); - - /* Other erase modes just need us to address a byte within the target memory space */ - XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE)); - XMEGANVM_SendAddress(Address); - XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00); - } - - /* Wait until the NVM bus is ready again */ - if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy())) - return false; - - return true; -} - -#endif - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8a8c5b048a..0000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,140 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for XMEGANVM.c. - */ - -#ifndef _XMEGA_NVM_ -#define _XMEGA_NVM_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - #include <avr/interrupt.h> - #include <stdbool.h> - - #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h> - - #include "XPROGProtocol.h" - #include "XPROGTarget.h" - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - /* Preprocessor Checks: */ - #if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1)) - #undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL - - #if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) - #define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL - #endif - #endif - - /* Defines: */ - #define XMEGA_CRC_LENGTH_BYTES 3 - - #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_ADDR0 0x00 - #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_ADDR1 0x01 - #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_ADDR2 0x02 - #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_DAT0 0x04 - #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_DAT1 0x05 - #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_DAT2 0x06 - #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD 0x0A - #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA 0x0B - #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLB 0x0C - #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_INTCTRL 0x0D - #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_STATUS 0x0F - #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_LOCKBITS 0x10 - - #define XMEGA_NVM_BIT_CTRLA_CMDEX (1 << 0) - - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_NOOP 0x00 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE 0x40 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READNVM 0x43 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_LOADFLASHPAGEBUFF 0x23 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEFLASHPAGEBUFF 0x26 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEFLASHPAGE 0x2B - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEFLASHPAGE 0x2E - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEFLASH 0x2F - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_FLASHCRC 0x78 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEAPPSEC 0x20 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEAPPSECPAGE 0x22 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEAPPSECPAGE 0x24 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEAPPSECPAGE 0x25 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_APPCRC 0x38 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEBOOTSEC 0x68 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEBOOTSECPAGE 0x2A - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEBOOTSECPAGE 0x2C - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEBOOTSECPAGE 0x2D - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_BOOTCRC 0x39 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READUSERSIG 0x03 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEUSERSIG 0x18 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEUSERSIG 0x1A - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READCALIBRATION 0x02 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READFUSE 0x07 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEFUSE 0x4C - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITELOCK 0x08 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_LOADEEPROMPAGEBUFF 0x33 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROMPAGEBUFF 0x36 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROM 0x30 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROMPAGE 0x32 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEEEPROMPAGE 0x34 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEEEPROMPAGE 0x35 - #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READEEPROM 0x06 - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - bool XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void); - bool XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy(void); - bool XMEGANVM_EnablePDI(void); - void XMEGANVM_DisablePDI(void); - bool XMEGANVM_GetMemoryCRC(const uint8_t CRCCommand, - uint32_t* const CRCDest); - bool XMEGANVM_ReadMemory(const uint32_t ReadAddress, - uint8_t* ReadBuffer, - uint16_t ReadSize); - bool XMEGANVM_WriteByteMemory(const uint8_t WriteCommand, - const uint32_t WriteAddress, - const uint8_t Byte); - bool XMEGANVM_WritePageMemory(const uint8_t WriteBuffCommand, - const uint8_t EraseBuffCommand, - const uint8_t WritePageCommand, - const uint8_t PageMode, - const uint32_t WriteAddress, - const uint8_t* WriteBuffer, - uint16_t WriteSize); - bool XMEGANVM_EraseMemory(const uint8_t EraseCommand, - const uint32_t Address); - - #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_XMEGANVM_C) - static void XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(const uint8_t Register); - static void XMEGANVM_SendAddress(const uint32_t AbsoluteAddress); - #endif - -#endif - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.c deleted file mode 100644 index aa5503f3ff..0000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,480 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * XPROG Protocol handler, to process V2 Protocol wrapped XPROG commands used in Atmel programmer devices. - */ - -#define INCLUDE_FROM_XPROGPROTOCOL_C -#include "XPROGProtocol.h" - -#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__) -/** Base absolute address for the target's NVM controller for PDI programming */ -uint32_t XPROG_Param_NVMBase = 0x010001C0; - -/** Size in bytes of the target's EEPROM page */ -uint16_t XPROG_Param_EEPageSize = 32; - -/** Address of the TPI device's NVMCMD register for TPI programming */ -uint8_t XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr = 0x33; - -/** Address of the TPI device's NVMCSR register for TPI programming */ -uint8_t XPROG_Param_NVMCSRRegAddr = 0x32; - -/** Currently selected XPROG programming protocol */ -uint8_t XPROG_SelectedProtocol = XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI; - -/** Handler for the CMD_XPROG_SETMODE command, which sets the programmer-to-target protocol used for PDI/TPI - * programming. - */ -void XPROGProtocol_SetMode(void) -{ - struct - { - uint8_t Protocol; - } SetMode_XPROG_Params; - - Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&SetMode_XPROG_Params, sizeof(SetMode_XPROG_Params), NULL); - - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); - - XPROG_SelectedProtocol = SetMode_XPROG_Params.Protocol; - - Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG_SETMODE); - Endpoint_Write_8((SetMode_XPROG_Params.Protocol != XPROG_PROTOCOL_JTAG) ? STATUS_CMD_OK : STATUS_CMD_FAILED); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); -} - -/** Handler for the CMD_XPROG command, which wraps up XPROG commands in a V2 wrapper which need to be - * removed and processed so that the underlying XPROG command can be handled. - */ -void XPROGProtocol_Command(void) -{ - uint8_t XPROGCommand = Endpoint_Read_8(); - - switch (XPROGCommand) - { - case XPROG_CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE: - XPROGProtocol_EnterXPROGMode(); - break; - case XPROG_CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE: - XPROGProtocol_LeaveXPROGMode(); - break; - case XPROG_CMD_ERASE: - XPROGProtocol_Erase(); - break; - case XPROG_CMD_WRITE_MEM: - XPROGProtocol_WriteMemory(); - break; - case XPROG_CMD_READ_MEM: - XPROGProtocol_ReadMemory(); - break; - case XPROG_CMD_CRC: - XPROGProtocol_ReadCRC(); - break; - case XPROG_CMD_SET_PARAM: - XPROGProtocol_SetParam(); - break; - } -} - -/** Handler for the XPROG ENTER_PROGMODE command to establish a connection with the attached device. */ -static void XPROGProtocol_EnterXPROGMode(void) -{ - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); - - bool NVMBusEnabled = false; - - if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI) - NVMBusEnabled = XMEGANVM_EnablePDI(); - else if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPROG_PROTOCOL_TPI) - NVMBusEnabled = TINYNVM_EnableTPI(); - - Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG); - Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE); - Endpoint_Write_8(NVMBusEnabled ? XPROG_ERR_OK : XPROG_ERR_FAILED); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); -} - -/** Handler for the XPROG LEAVE_PROGMODE command to terminate the PDI programming connection with - * the attached device. - */ -static void XPROGProtocol_LeaveXPROGMode(void) -{ - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); - - if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI) - XMEGANVM_DisablePDI(); - else - TINYNVM_DisableTPI(); - - #if defined(XCK_RESCUE_CLOCK_ENABLE) && defined(ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL) - /* If the XCK rescue clock option is enabled, we need to restart it once the - * XPROG mode has been exited, since the XPROG protocol stops it after use. */ - ISPTarget_ConfigureRescueClock(); - #endif - - Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG); - Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE); - Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_ERR_OK); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); -} - -/** Handler for the XPRG ERASE command to erase a specific memory address space in the attached device. */ -static void XPROGProtocol_Erase(void) -{ - uint8_t ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_OK; - - struct - { - uint8_t MemoryType; - uint32_t Address; - } Erase_XPROG_Params; - - Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Erase_XPROG_Params, sizeof(Erase_XPROG_Params), NULL); - Erase_XPROG_Params.Address = SwapEndian_32(Erase_XPROG_Params.Address); - - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); - - uint8_t EraseCommand; - - if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI) - { - /* Determine which NVM command to send to the device depending on the memory to erase */ - switch (Erase_XPROG_Params.MemoryType) - { - case XPROG_ERASE_CHIP: - EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE; - break; - case XPROG_ERASE_APP: - EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEAPPSEC; - break; - case XPROG_ERASE_BOOT: - EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEBOOTSEC; - break; - case XPROG_ERASE_EEPROM: - EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROM; - break; - case XPROG_ERASE_APP_PAGE: - EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEAPPSECPAGE; - break; - case XPROG_ERASE_BOOT_PAGE: - EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEBOOTSECPAGE; - break; - case XPROG_ERASE_EEPROM_PAGE: - EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROMPAGE; - break; - case XPROG_ERASE_USERSIG: - EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEUSERSIG; - break; - default: - EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_NOOP; - break; - } - - /* Erase the target memory, indicate timeout if occurred */ - if (!(XMEGANVM_EraseMemory(EraseCommand, Erase_XPROG_Params.Address))) - ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT; - } - else - { - if (Erase_XPROG_Params.MemoryType == XPROG_ERASE_CHIP) - EraseCommand = TINY_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE; - else - EraseCommand = TINY_NVM_CMD_SECTIONERASE; - - /* Erase the target memory, indicate timeout if occurred */ - if (!(TINYNVM_EraseMemory(EraseCommand, Erase_XPROG_Params.Address))) - ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT; - } - - Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG); - Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_CMD_ERASE); - Endpoint_Write_8(ReturnStatus); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); -} - -/** Handler for the XPROG WRITE_MEMORY command to write to a specific memory space within the attached device. */ -static void XPROGProtocol_WriteMemory(void) -{ - uint8_t ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_OK; - - struct - { - uint8_t MemoryType; - uint8_t PageMode; - uint32_t Address; - uint16_t Length; - uint8_t ProgData[256]; - } WriteMemory_XPROG_Params; - - Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&WriteMemory_XPROG_Params, (sizeof(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params) - - sizeof(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params).ProgData), NULL); - WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Address = SwapEndian_32(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Address); - WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length = SwapEndian_16(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length); - Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.ProgData, WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length, NULL); - - // The driver will terminate transfers that are a round multiple of the endpoint bank in size with a ZLP, need - // to catch this and discard it before continuing on with packet processing to prevent communication issues - if (((sizeof(uint8_t) + sizeof(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params) - sizeof(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.ProgData)) + - WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length) % AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE == 0) - { - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(); - } - - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); - - if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI) - { - /* Assume FLASH page programming by default, as it is the common case */ - uint8_t WriteCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEFLASHPAGE; - uint8_t WriteBuffCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_LOADFLASHPAGEBUFF; - uint8_t EraseBuffCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEFLASHPAGEBUFF; - bool PagedMemory = true; - - switch (WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.MemoryType) - { - case XPROG_MEM_TYPE_APPL: - WriteCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEAPPSECPAGE; - break; - case XPROG_MEM_TYPE_BOOT: - WriteCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEBOOTSECPAGE; - break; - case XPROG_MEM_TYPE_EEPROM: - WriteCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEEEPROMPAGE; - WriteBuffCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_LOADEEPROMPAGEBUFF; - EraseBuffCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROMPAGEBUFF; - break; - case XPROG_MEM_TYPE_USERSIG: - WriteCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEUSERSIG; - break; - case XPROG_MEM_TYPE_FUSE: - WriteCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEFUSE; - PagedMemory = false; - break; - case XPROG_MEM_TYPE_LOCKBITS: - WriteCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITELOCK; - PagedMemory = false; - break; - } - - /* Send the appropriate memory write commands to the device, indicate timeout if occurred */ - if ((PagedMemory && !(XMEGANVM_WritePageMemory(WriteBuffCommand, EraseBuffCommand, WriteCommand, - WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.PageMode, WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Address, - WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.ProgData, WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length))) || - (!PagedMemory && !(XMEGANVM_WriteByteMemory(WriteCommand, WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Address, - WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.ProgData[0])))) - { - ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT; - } - } - else - { - /* Send write command to the TPI device, indicate timeout if occurred */ - if (!(TINYNVM_WriteMemory(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Address, WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.ProgData, - WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length))) - { - ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG); - Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_CMD_WRITE_MEM); - Endpoint_Write_8(ReturnStatus); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); -} - -/** Handler for the XPROG READ_MEMORY command to read data from a specific address space within the - * attached device. - */ -static void XPROGProtocol_ReadMemory(void) -{ - uint8_t ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_OK; - - struct - { - uint8_t MemoryType; - uint32_t Address; - uint16_t Length; - } ReadMemory_XPROG_Params; - - Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&ReadMemory_XPROG_Params, sizeof(ReadMemory_XPROG_Params), NULL); - ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Address = SwapEndian_32(ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Address); - ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Length = SwapEndian_16(ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Length); - - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); - - uint8_t ReadBuffer[256]; - - if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI) - { - /* Read the PDI target's memory, indicate timeout if occurred */ - if (!(XMEGANVM_ReadMemory(ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Address, ReadBuffer, ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Length))) - ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT; - } - else - { - /* Read the TPI target's memory, indicate timeout if occurred */ - if (!(TINYNVM_ReadMemory(ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Address, ReadBuffer, ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Length))) - ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT; - } - - Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG); - Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_CMD_READ_MEM); - Endpoint_Write_8(ReturnStatus); - - if (ReturnStatus == XPROG_ERR_OK) - Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(ReadBuffer, ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Length, NULL); - - Endpoint_ClearIN(); -} - -/** Handler for the XPROG CRC command to read a specific memory space's CRC value for comparison between the - * attached device's memory and a data set on the host. - */ -static void XPROGProtocol_ReadCRC(void) -{ - uint8_t ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_OK; - - struct - { - uint8_t CRCType; - } ReadCRC_XPROG_Params; - - Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&ReadCRC_XPROG_Params, sizeof(ReadCRC_XPROG_Params), NULL); - - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); - - uint32_t MemoryCRC; - - if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI) - { - uint8_t CRCCommand; - - /* Determine which NVM command to send to the device depending on the memory to CRC */ - switch (ReadCRC_XPROG_Params.CRCType) - { - case XPROG_CRC_APP: - CRCCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_APPCRC; - break; - case XPROG_CRC_BOOT: - CRCCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_BOOTCRC; - break; - default: - CRCCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_FLASHCRC; - break; - } - - /* Perform and retrieve the memory CRC, indicate timeout if occurred */ - if (!(XMEGANVM_GetMemoryCRC(CRCCommand, &MemoryCRC))) - ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT; - } - else - { - /* TPI does not support memory CRC */ - ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_FAILED; - } - - Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG); - Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_CMD_CRC); - Endpoint_Write_8(ReturnStatus); - - if (ReturnStatus == XPROG_ERR_OK) - { - Endpoint_Write_8(MemoryCRC >> 16); - Endpoint_Write_16_LE(MemoryCRC & 0xFFFF); - } - - Endpoint_ClearIN(); -} - -/** Handler for the XPROG SET_PARAM command to set a XPROG parameter for use when communicating with the - * attached device. - */ -static void XPROGProtocol_SetParam(void) -{ - uint8_t ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_OK; - - uint8_t XPROGParam = Endpoint_Read_8(); - - /* Determine which parameter is being set, store the new parameter value */ - switch (XPROGParam) - { - case XPROG_PARAM_NVMBASE: - XPROG_Param_NVMBase = Endpoint_Read_32_BE(); - break; - case XPROG_PARAM_EEPPAGESIZE: - XPROG_Param_EEPageSize = Endpoint_Read_16_BE(); - break; - case XPROG_PARAM_NVMCMD_REG: - XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr = Endpoint_Read_8(); - break; - case XPROG_PARAM_NVMCSR_REG: - XPROG_Param_NVMCSRRegAddr = Endpoint_Read_8(); - break; - case XPROG_PARAM_UNKNOWN_1: - /* TODO: Undocumented parameter added in AVRStudio 5.1, purpose unknown. Must ACK and discard or - the communication with AVRStudio 5.1 will fail. - */ - Endpoint_Discard_16(); - break; - default: - ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_FAILED; - break; - } - - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR); - Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN); - - Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG); - Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_CMD_SET_PARAM); - Endpoint_Write_8(ReturnStatus); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); -} - -#endif - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.h deleted file mode 100644 index e35a1e4a19..0000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,136 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for XPROGProtocol.c. - */ - -#ifndef _XPROG_PROTOCOL_ -#define _XPROG_PROTOCOL_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - #include <util/delay.h> - #include <stdio.h> - - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - - #include "../V2Protocol.h" - #include "XMEGANVM.h" - #include "TINYNVM.h" - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - /* Preprocessor Checks: */ - #if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1)) - /* On the XPLAIN board, we only need PDI programming - for the ATXMEGA128A1 - disable ISP to prevent hardware - damage and force-enable XPROG. - */ - #undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL - - #if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) - #define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL - #endif - #endif - - /* Macros: */ - #define XPROG_CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE 0x01 - #define XPROG_CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE 0x02 - #define XPROG_CMD_ERASE 0x03 - #define XPROG_CMD_WRITE_MEM 0x04 - #define XPROG_CMD_READ_MEM 0x05 - #define XPROG_CMD_CRC 0x06 - #define XPROG_CMD_SET_PARAM 0x07 - - #define XPROG_MEM_TYPE_APPL 1 - #define XPROG_MEM_TYPE_BOOT 2 - #define XPROG_MEM_TYPE_EEPROM 3 - #define XPROG_MEM_TYPE_FUSE 4 - #define XPROG_MEM_TYPE_LOCKBITS 5 - #define XPROG_MEM_TYPE_USERSIG 6 - #define XPROG_MEM_TYPE_FACTORY_CALIBRATION 7 - - #define XPROG_ERASE_CHIP 1 - #define XPROG_ERASE_APP 2 - #define XPROG_ERASE_BOOT 3 - #define XPROG_ERASE_EEPROM 4 - #define XPROG_ERASE_APP_PAGE 5 - #define XPROG_ERASE_BOOT_PAGE 6 - #define XPROG_ERASE_EEPROM_PAGE 7 - #define XPROG_ERASE_USERSIG 8 - - #define XPROG_MEM_WRITE_ERASE 0 - #define XPROG_MEM_WRITE_WRITE 1 - - #define XPROG_CRC_APP 1 - #define XPROG_CRC_BOOT 2 - #define XPROG_CRC_FLASH 3 - - #define XPROG_ERR_OK 0 - #define XPROG_ERR_FAILED 1 - #define XPROG_ERR_COLLISION 2 - #define XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT 3 - - #define XPROG_PARAM_NVMBASE 0x01 - #define XPROG_PARAM_EEPPAGESIZE 0x02 - #define XPROG_PARAM_NVMCMD_REG 0x03 - #define XPROG_PARAM_NVMCSR_REG 0x04 - #define XPROG_PARAM_UNKNOWN_1 0x05 - - #define XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI 0x00 - #define XPROG_PROTOCOL_JTAG 0x01 - #define XPROG_PROTOCOL_TPI 0x02 - - #define XPROG_PAGEMODE_WRITE (1 << 1) - #define XPROG_PAGEMODE_ERASE (1 << 0) - - /* External Variables: */ - extern uint32_t XPROG_Param_NVMBase; - extern uint16_t XPROG_Param_EEPageSize; - extern uint8_t XPROG_Param_NVMCSRRegAddr; - extern uint8_t XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void XPROGProtocol_SetMode(void); - void XPROGProtocol_Command(void); - - #if (defined(INCLUDE_FROM_XPROGPROTOCOL_C) && defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)) - static void XPROGProtocol_EnterXPROGMode(void); - static void XPROGProtocol_LeaveXPROGMode(void); - static void XPROGProtocol_SetParam(void); - static void XPROGProtocol_Erase(void); - static void XPROGProtocol_WriteMemory(void); - static void XPROGProtocol_ReadMemory(void); - static void XPROGProtocol_ReadCRC(void); - #endif - -#endif - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.c deleted file mode 100644 index 0455329c3d..0000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,209 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Target-related functions for the PDI Protocol decoder. - */ - -#define INCLUDE_FROM_XPROGTARGET_C -#include "XPROGTarget.h" - -#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - -/** Flag to indicate if the USART is currently in Tx or Rx mode. */ -bool IsSending; - -/** Enables the target's PDI interface, holding the target in reset until PDI mode is exited. */ -void XPROGTarget_EnableTargetPDI(void) -{ - IsSending = false; - - /* Set Tx and XCK as outputs, Rx as input */ - DDRD |= (1 << 5) | (1 << 3); - DDRD &= ~(1 << 2); - - /* Set DATA line high for at least 90ns to disable /RESET functionality */ - PORTD |= (1 << 3); - _delay_us(100); - - /* Set up the synchronous USART for XMEGA communications - 8 data bits, even parity, 2 stop bits */ - UBRR1 = ((F_CPU / 2 / XPROG_HARDWARE_SPEED) - 1); - UCSR1B = (1 << TXEN1); - UCSR1C = (1 << UMSEL10) | (1 << UPM11) | (1 << USBS1) | (1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10) | (1 << UCPOL1); - - /* Send two IDLEs of 12 bits each to enable PDI interface (need at least 16 idle bits) */ - XPROGTarget_SendIdle(); - XPROGTarget_SendIdle(); -} - -/** Enables the target's TPI interface, holding the target in reset until TPI mode is exited. */ -void XPROGTarget_EnableTargetTPI(void) -{ - IsSending = false; - - /* Set /RESET line low for at least 400ns to enable TPI functionality */ - AUX_LINE_DDR |= AUX_LINE_MASK; - AUX_LINE_PORT &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK; - _delay_us(100); - - /* Set Tx and XCK as outputs, Rx as input */ - DDRD |= (1 << 5) | (1 << 3); - DDRD &= ~(1 << 2); - - /* Set up the synchronous USART for TPI communications - 8 data bits, even parity, 2 stop bits */ - UBRR1 = ((F_CPU / 2 / XPROG_HARDWARE_SPEED) - 1); - UCSR1B = (1 << TXEN1); - UCSR1C = (1 << UMSEL10) | (1 << UPM11) | (1 << USBS1) | (1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10) | (1 << UCPOL1); - - /* Send two IDLEs of 12 bits each to enable TPI interface (need at least 16 idle bits) */ - XPROGTarget_SendIdle(); - XPROGTarget_SendIdle(); -} - -/** Disables the target's PDI interface, exits programming mode and starts the target's application. */ -void XPROGTarget_DisableTargetPDI(void) -{ - /* Switch to Rx mode to ensure that all pending transmissions are complete */ - if (IsSending) - XPROGTarget_SetRxMode(); - - /* Turn off receiver and transmitter of the USART, clear settings */ - UCSR1A = ((1 << TXC1) | (1 << RXC1)); - UCSR1B = 0; - UCSR1C = 0; - - /* Tristate all pins */ - DDRD &= ~((1 << 5) | (1 << 3)); - PORTD &= ~((1 << 5) | (1 << 3) | (1 << 2)); -} - -/** Disables the target's TPI interface, exits programming mode and starts the target's application. */ -void XPROGTarget_DisableTargetTPI(void) -{ - /* Switch to Rx mode to ensure that all pending transmissions are complete */ - if (IsSending) - XPROGTarget_SetRxMode(); - - /* Turn off receiver and transmitter of the USART, clear settings */ - UCSR1A |= (1 << TXC1) | (1 << RXC1); - UCSR1B = 0; - UCSR1C = 0; - - /* Set all USART lines as inputs, tristate */ - DDRD &= ~((1 << 5) | (1 << 3)); - PORTD &= ~((1 << 5) | (1 << 3) | (1 << 2)); - - /* Tristate target /RESET line */ - AUX_LINE_DDR &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK; - AUX_LINE_PORT &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK; -} - -/** Sends a byte via the USART. - * - * \param[in] Byte Byte to send through the USART - */ -void XPROGTarget_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) -{ - /* Switch to Tx mode if currently in Rx mode */ - if (!(IsSending)) - XPROGTarget_SetTxMode(); - - /* Wait until there is space in the hardware Tx buffer before writing */ - while (!(UCSR1A & (1 << UDRE1))); - UCSR1A |= (1 << TXC1); - UDR1 = Byte; -} - -/** Receives a byte via the hardware USART, blocking until data is received or timeout expired. - * - * \return Received byte from the USART - */ -uint8_t XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte(void) -{ - /* Switch to Rx mode if currently in Tx mode */ - if (IsSending) - XPROGTarget_SetRxMode(); - - /* Wait until a byte has been received before reading */ - while (!(UCSR1A & (1 << RXC1)) && TimeoutTicksRemaining); - - return UDR1; -} - -/** Sends an IDLE via the USART to the attached target, consisting of a full frame of idle bits. */ -void XPROGTarget_SendIdle(void) -{ - /* Switch to Tx mode if currently in Rx mode */ - if (!(IsSending)) - XPROGTarget_SetTxMode(); - - /* Need to do nothing for a full frame to send an IDLE */ - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < BITS_IN_USART_FRAME; i++) - { - /* Wait for a full cycle of the clock */ - while (PIND & (1 << 5)); - while (!(PIND & (1 << 5))); - while (PIND & (1 << 5)); - } -} - -static void XPROGTarget_SetTxMode(void) -{ - /* Wait for a full cycle of the clock */ - while (PIND & (1 << 5)); - while (!(PIND & (1 << 5))); - while (PIND & (1 << 5)); - - PORTD |= (1 << 3); - DDRD |= (1 << 3); - - UCSR1B &= ~(1 << RXEN1); - UCSR1B |= (1 << TXEN1); - - IsSending = true; -} - -static void XPROGTarget_SetRxMode(void) -{ - while (!(UCSR1A & (1 << TXC1))); - UCSR1A |= (1 << TXC1); - - UCSR1B &= ~(1 << TXEN1); - UCSR1B |= (1 << RXEN1); - - DDRD &= ~(1 << 3); - PORTD &= ~(1 << 3); - - IsSending = false; -} - -#endif - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1341384f2f..0000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,136 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for XPROGTarget.c. - */ - -#ifndef _XPROG_TARGET_ -#define _XPROG_TARGET_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - #include <avr/interrupt.h> - #include <stdbool.h> - - #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h> - - #include "../V2Protocol.h" - #include "XPROGProtocol.h" - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - /* Preprocessor Checks: */ - #if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1)) - #undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL - - #if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) - #define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL - #endif - #endif - - /** Serial carrier TPI/PDI speed in Hz, when hardware TPI/PDI mode is used. */ - #define XPROG_HARDWARE_SPEED 2000000 - - /** Total number of bits in a single USART frame. */ - #define BITS_IN_USART_FRAME 12 - - /** \name PDI Related Constants - * @{ - */ - #define PDI_CMD_LDS(AddressSize, DataSize) (0x00 | ( AddressSize << 2) | DataSize) - #define PDI_CMD_LD(PointerAccess, DataSize) (0x20 | (PointerAccess << 2) | DataSize) - #define PDI_CMD_STS(AddressSize, DataSize) (0x40 | ( AddressSize << 2) | DataSize) - #define PDI_CMD_ST(PointerAccess, DataSize) (0x60 | (PointerAccess << 2) | DataSize) - #define PDI_CMD_LDCS(PDIReg) (0x80 | PDIReg) - #define PDI_CMD_REPEAT(DataSize) (0xA0 | DataSize) - #define PDI_CMD_STCS(PDIReg) (0xC0 | PDIReg) - #define PDI_CMD_KEY 0xE0 - - #define PDI_REG_STATUS 0 - #define PDI_REG_RESET 1 - #define PDI_REG_CTRL 2 - - #define PDI_STATUS_NVM (1 << 1) - - #define PDI_RESET_KEY 0x59 - #define PDI_NVMENABLE_KEY (uint8_t[]){0x12, 0x89, 0xAB, 0x45, 0xCD, 0xD8, 0x88, 0xFF} - - #define PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE 0 - #define PDI_DATASIZE_2BYTES 1 - #define PDI_DATASIZE_3BYTES 2 - #define PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES 3 - - #define PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT 0 - #define PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI 1 - #define PDI_POINTER_DIRECT 2 - /** @} */ - - /** \name TPI Related Constants - * @{ - */ - #define TPI_CMD_SLD(PointerAccess) (0x20 | PointerAccess) - #define TPI_CMD_SST(PointerAccess) (0x60 | PointerAccess) - #define TPI_CMD_SSTPR 0x68 - #define TPI_CMD_SIN(Address) (0x10 | ((Address & 0x30) << 1) | (Address & 0x0F)) - #define TPI_CMD_SOUT(Address) (0x90 | ((Address & 0x30) << 1) | (Address & 0x0F)) - #define TPI_CMD_SLDCS(TPIReg) (0x80 | TPIReg) - #define TPI_CMD_SSTCS(TPIReg) (0xC0 | TPIReg) - #define TPI_CMD_SKEY 0xE0 - - #define TPI_REG_STATUS 0x00 - #define TPI_REG_CTRL 0x02 - #define TPI_REG_ID 0x0F - - #define TPI_STATUS_NVM (1 << 1) - - #define TPI_NVMENABLE_KEY (uint8_t[]){0x12, 0x89, 0xAB, 0x45, 0xCD, 0xD8, 0x88, 0xFF} - - #define TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT 0 - #define TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI 4 - /** @} */ - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void XPROGTarget_EnableTargetPDI(void); - void XPROGTarget_EnableTargetTPI(void); - void XPROGTarget_DisableTargetPDI(void); - void XPROGTarget_DisableTargetTPI(void); - void XPROGTarget_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte); - uint8_t XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte(void); - void XPROGTarget_SendIdle(void); - bool XPROGTarget_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void); - - #if (defined(INCLUDE_FROM_XPROGTARGET_C) && defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)) - static void XPROGTarget_SetTxMode(void); - static void XPROGTarget_SetRxMode(void); - #endif - -#endif - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/AVRISP_mkII.inf b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/AVRISP_mkII.inf Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 81ea412280..0000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/AVRISP_mkII.inf +++ /dev/null diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.dll b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.dll Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index f916b08986..0000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.dll +++ /dev/null diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.sys b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.sys Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 0718dfb7c0..0000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.sys +++ /dev/null diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/avrisp_mkii.cat b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/avrisp_mkii.cat Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 9f004a584c..0000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/avrisp_mkii.cat +++ /dev/null diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.dll b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.dll Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 292df27857..0000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.dll +++ /dev/null diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.sys b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.sys Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index f17914b8c4..0000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.sys +++ /dev/null diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/installer_x64.exe b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/installer_x64.exe Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index c38919ee50..0000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/installer_x64.exe +++ /dev/null diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/installer_x86.exe b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/installer_x86.exe Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 030ec300c2..0000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/installer_x86.exe +++ /dev/null diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/license/libusb0/installer_license.txt b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/license/libusb0/installer_license.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 56bb2cda25..0000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/license/libusb0/installer_license.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,851 +0,0 @@ -Copyright (c) 2002-2004 Stephan Meyer, <ste_meyer@web.de> -Copyright (c) 2000-2004 Johannes Erdfelt, <johannes@erdfelt.com> -Copyright (c) 2000-2004 Thomas Sailer, <sailer@ife.ee.ethz.ch> -Copyright (c) 2010 Travis Robinson, <libusbdotnet@gmail.com> - -This software is distributed under the following licenses: -Driver: GNU General Public License (GPL) -Library, Test Files, Installer: GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL) - -*********************************************************************** - GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE - Version 3, 29 June 2007 - - Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/> - Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies - of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. - - Preamble - - The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for -software and other kinds of works. - - The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed -to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast, -the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to -share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free -software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the -GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to -any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to -your programs, too. - - When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not -price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you -have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for -them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you -want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new -free programs, and that you know you can do these things. - - To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you -these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have -certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if -you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others. - - For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether -gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same -freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive -or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they -know their rights. - - Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps: -(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License -giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it. - - For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains -that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and -authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as -changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to -authors of previous versions. - - Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run -modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer -can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of -protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic -pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to -use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we -have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those -products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we -stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions -of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users. - - Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents. -States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of -software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to -avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could -make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that -patents cannot be used to render the program non-free. - - The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and -modification follow. - - TERMS AND CONDITIONS - - 0. Definitions. - - "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License. - - "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of -works, such as semiconductor masks. - - "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this -License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and -"recipients" may be individuals or organizations. - - To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work -in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an -exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the -earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work. - - A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based -on the Program. - - To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without -permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for -infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a -computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying, -distribution (with or without modification), making available to the -public, and in some countries other activities as well. - - To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other -parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through -a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying. - - An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices" -to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible -feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2) -tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the -extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the -work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If -the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a -menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion. - - 1. Source Code. - - The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work -for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source -form of a work. - - A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official -standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of -interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that -is widely used among developers working in that language. - - The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other -than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of -packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major -Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that -Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an -implementation is available to the public in source code form. A -"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component -(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system -(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to -produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it. - - The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all -the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable -work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to -control those activities. However, it does not include the work's -System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free -programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but -which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source -includes interface definition files associated with source files for -the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically -linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require, -such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those -subprograms and other parts of the work. - - The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users -can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding -Source. - - The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that -same work. - - 2. Basic Permissions. - - All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of -copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated -conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited -permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a -covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its -content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your -rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law. - - You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not -convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains -in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose -of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you -with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with -the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do -not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works -for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction -and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of -your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you. - - Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under -the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10 -makes it unnecessary. - - 3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law. - - No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological -measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article -11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or -similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such -measures. - - When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid -circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention -is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to -the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or -modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's -users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of -technological measures. - - 4. Conveying Verbatim Copies. - - You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you -receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and -appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice; -keep intact all notices stating that this License and any -non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code; -keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all -recipients a copy of this License along with the Program. - - You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey, -and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee. - - 5. Conveying Modified Source Versions. - - You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to -produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the -terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: - - a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified - it, and giving a relevant date. - - b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is - released under this License and any conditions added under section - 7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to - "keep intact all notices". - - c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this - License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This - License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7 - additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts, - regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no - permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not - invalidate such permission if you have separately received it. - - d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display - Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive - interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your - work need not make them do so. - - A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent -works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work, -and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program, -in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an -"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not -used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users -beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work -in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other -parts of the aggregate. - - 6. Conveying Non-Source Forms. - - You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms -of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the -machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License, -in one of these ways: - - a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product - (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the - Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium - customarily used for software interchange. - - b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product - (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a - written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as - long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product - model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a - copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the - product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical - medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no - more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this - conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the - Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge. - - c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the - written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This - alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and - only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord - with subsection 6b. - - d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated - place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the - Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no - further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the - Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to - copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source - may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party) - that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain - clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the - Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the - Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is - available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements. - - e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided - you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding - Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no - charge under subsection 6d. - - A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded -from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be -included in conveying the object code work. - - A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any -tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family, -or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation -into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product, -doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular -product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a -typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status -of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user -actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product -is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial -commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent -the only significant mode of use of the product. - - "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods, -procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install -and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from -a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must -suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object -code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because -modification has been made. - - If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or -specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as -part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the -User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a -fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the -Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied -by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply -if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install -modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has -been installed in ROM). - - The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a -requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates -for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for -the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a -network may be denied when the modification itself materially and -adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and -protocols for communication across the network. - - Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided, -in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly -documented (and with an implementation available to the public in -source code form), and must require no special password or key for -unpacking, reading or copying. - - 7. Additional Terms. - - "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this -License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions. -Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall -be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent -that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions -apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately -under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by -this License without regard to the additional permissions. - - When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option -remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of -it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own -removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place -additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work, -for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission. - - Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you -add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of -that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms: - - a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the - terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or - - b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or - author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal - Notices displayed by works containing it; or - - c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or - requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in - reasonable ways as different from the original version; or - - d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or - authors of the material; or - - e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some - trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or - - f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that - material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of - it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for - any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on - those licensors and authors. - - All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further -restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you -received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is -governed by this License along with a term that is a further -restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains -a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this -License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms -of that license document, provided that the further restriction does -not survive such relicensing or conveying. - - If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you -must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the -additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating -where to find the applicable terms. - - Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the -form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions; -the above requirements apply either way. - - 8. Termination. - - You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly -provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or -modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under -this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third -paragraph of section 11). - - However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your -license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) -provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and -finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright -holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means -prior to 60 days after the cessation. - - Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is -reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the -violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have -received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that -copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after -your receipt of the notice. - - Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the -licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under -this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently -reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same -material under section 10. - - 9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies. - - You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or -run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work -occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission -to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However, -nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or -modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do -not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a -covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so. - - 10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients. - - Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically -receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and -propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible -for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License. - - An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an -organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an -organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered -work results from an entity transaction, each party to that -transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever -licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could -give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the -Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if -the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts. - - You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the -rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may -not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of -rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation -(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that -any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for -sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it. - - 11. Patents. - - A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this -License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The -work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version". - - A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims -owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or -hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted -by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version, -but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a -consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For -purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant -patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of -this License. - - Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free -patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to -make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and -propagate the contents of its contributor version. - - In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express -agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent -(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to -sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a -party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a -patent against the party. - - If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license, -and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone -to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a -publicly available network server or other readily accessible means, -then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so -available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the -patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner -consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent -license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have -actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the -covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work -in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that -country that you have reason to believe are valid. - - If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or -arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a -covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties -receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify -or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license -you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered -work and works based on it. - - A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within -the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is -conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are -specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered -work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is -in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment -to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying -the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the -parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory -patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work -conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily -for and in connection with specific products or compilations that -contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement, -or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007. - - Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting -any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may -otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law. - - 12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom. - - If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or -otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not -excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a -covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this -License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may -not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you -to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey -the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this -License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program. - - 13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License. - - Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have -permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed -under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single -combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this -License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work, -but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License, -section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the -combination as such. - - 14. Revised Versions of this License. - - The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of -the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will -be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to -address new problems or concerns. - - Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the -Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General -Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the -option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered -version or of any later version published by the Free Software -Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the -GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published -by the Free Software Foundation. - - If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future -versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's -public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you -to choose that version for the Program. - - Later license versions may give you additional or different -permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any -author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a -later version. - - 15. Disclaimer of Warranty. - - THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY -APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT -HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY -OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, -THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR -PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM -IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF -ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. - - 16. Limitation of Liability. - - IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING -WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS -THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY -GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE -USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF -DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD -PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), -EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF -SUCH DAMAGES. - - 17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16. - - If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided -above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms, -reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates -an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the -Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a -copy of the Program in return for a fee. - - END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS - - How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs - - If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest -possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it -free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. - - To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest -to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively -state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least -the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. - - <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> - Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> - - This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. - -Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. - - If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short -notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: - - <program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> - This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. - This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it - under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. - -The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate -parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands -might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box". - - You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school, -if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary. -For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see -<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. - - The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program -into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you -may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with -the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General -Public License instead of this License. But first, please read -<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>. - - GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE - Version 3, 29 June 2007 - - Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/> - Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies - of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. - - - This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates -the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU General Public -License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below. - - 0. Additional Definitions. - - As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser -General Public License, and the "GNU GPL" refers to version 3 of the GNU -General Public License. - - "The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License, -other than an Application or a Combined Work as defined below. - - An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided -by the Library, but which is not otherwise based on the Library. -Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode -of using an interface provided by the Library. - - A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an -Application with the Library. The particular version of the Library -with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked -Version". - - The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the -Corresponding Source for the Combined Work, excluding any source code -for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are -based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version. - - The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the -object code and/or source code for the Application, including any data -and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the -Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work. - - 1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL. - - You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License -without being bound by section 3 of the GNU GPL. - - 2. Conveying Modified Versions. - - If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a -facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an Application -that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the -facility is invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified -version: - - a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to - ensure that, in the event an Application does not supply the - function or data, the facility still operates, and performs - whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful, or - - b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of - this License applicable to that copy. - - 3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files. - - The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from -a header file that is part of the Library. You may convey such object -code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated -material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure -layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates -(ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following: - - a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the - Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are - covered by this License. - - b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license - document. - - 4. Combined Works. - - You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that, -taken together, effectively do not restrict modification of the -portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse -engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of -the following: - - a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that - the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are - covered by this License. - - b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license - document. - - c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during - execution, include the copyright notice for the Library among - these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the - copies of the GNU GPL and this license document. - - d) Do one of the following: - - 0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this - License, and the Corresponding Application Code in a form - suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to - recombine or relink the Application with a modified version of - the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the - manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying - Corresponding Source. - - 1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the - Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (a) uses at run time - a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer - system, and (b) will operate properly with a modified version - of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked - Version. - - e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise - be required to provide such information under section 6 of the - GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is - necessary to install and execute a modified version of the - Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the - Application with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If - you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany - the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application - Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the Installation - Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL - for conveying Corresponding Source.) - - 5. Combined Libraries. - - You may place library facilities that are a work based on the -Library side by side in a single library together with other library -facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this -License, and convey such a combined library under terms of your -choice, if you do both of the following: - - a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based - on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities, - conveyed under the terms of this License. - - b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it - is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the - accompanying uncombined form of the same work. - - 6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License. - - The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions -of the GNU Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new -versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may -differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. - - Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the -Library as you received it specifies that a certain numbered version -of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version" -applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and -conditions either of that published version or of any later version -published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you -received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser -General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser -General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation. - - If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide -whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License shall -apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is -permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the -Library. - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0.sys b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0.sys Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 5322e5b978..0000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0.sys +++ /dev/null diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0_x86.dll b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0_x86.dll Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 6e475b90ac..0000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0_x86.dll +++ /dev/null diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/asf.xml deleted file mode 100644 index d774b8c6bb..0000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/asf.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,91 +0,0 @@ -<asf xmlversion="1.0"> - <project caption="AVRISP-MKII Clone Programmer" id="lufa.projects.avrispmkii_clone.avr8"> - <require idref="lufa.projects.avrispmkii_clone"/> - <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/> - <generator value="as5_8"/> - - <device-support value="at90usb1287"/> - <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/> - - <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/> - <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/> - </project> - - <!-- Required by the XPLAIN Bridge project as well, so split into a meta module --> - <module type="meta" id="lufa.projects.avrispmkii_clone.src" caption="AVRISP-MKII Clone Programmer"> - <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/> - - <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/> - <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/> - <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/> - - <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/> - - <build type="include-path" value="."/> - - <build type="c-source" value="AVRISPDescriptors.c"/> - <build type="header-file" value="AVRISPDescriptors.h"/> - - <build type="include-path" value="Lib"/> - - <build type="header-file" value="Lib/V2ProtocolConstants.h"/> - <build type="c-source" value="Lib/V2Protocol.c"/> - <build type="header-file" value="Lib/V2Protocol.h"/> - <build type="c-source" value="Lib/V2ProtocolParams.c"/> - <build type="header-file" value="Lib/V2ProtocolParams.h"/> - <build type="c-source" value="Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.c"/> - <build type="header-file" value="Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.h"/> - <build type="c-source" value="Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.c"/> - <build type="header-file" value="Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.h"/> - <build type="c-source" value="Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.c"/> - <build type="header-file" value="Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.h"/> - <build type="c-source" value="Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.c"/> - <build type="header-file" value="Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.h"/> - <build type="c-source" value="Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.c"/> - <build type="header-file" value="Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.h"/> - <build type="c-source" value="Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.c"/> - <build type="header-file" value="Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.h"/> - - <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc"/> - <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.spi"/> - </module> - - <module type="application" id="lufa.projects.avrispmkii_clone" caption="AVRISP-MKII Clone Programmer"> - <info type="description" value="summary"> - Clone firmware of the Atmel AVRISP-MKII programmer. - </info> - - <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/> - - <info type="keyword" value="Technology"> - <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/> - <keyword value="USB Device"/> - </info> - - <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/> - <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/> - <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/> - - <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/> - <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="AVRISP-MKII.txt"/> - <build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="WindowsDriver"/> - - <build type="c-source" value="AVRISP-MKII.c"/> - <build type="header-file" value="AVRISP-MKII.h"/> - - <require idref="lufa.projects.avrispmkii_clone.src"/> - - <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/> - <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/> - <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/> - <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/> - - <require idref="lufa.common"/> - <require idref="lufa.platform"/> - <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/> - <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc"/> - <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.spi"/> - <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/> - <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/> - </module> -</asf> diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/doxyfile deleted file mode 100644 index faba2c70d2..0000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/doxyfile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2396 +0,0 @@ -# Doxyfile 1.8.9 - -# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system -# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project. -# -# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in -# front of the TAG it is preceding. -# -# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored. -# The format is: -# TAG = value [value, ...] -# For lists, items can also be appended using: -# TAG += value [value, ...] -# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \"). - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Project related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file -# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text -# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv -# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv -# for the list of possible encodings. -# The default value is: UTF-8. - -DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by -# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the -# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the -# title of most generated pages and in a few other places. -# The default value is: My Project. - -PROJECT_NAME = "AVRISP-MKII Clone Programmer Project" - -# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This -# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version -# control system is used. - -PROJECT_NUMBER = - -# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description -# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a -# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short. - -PROJECT_BRIEF = - -# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included -# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 -# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy -# the logo to the output directory. - -PROJECT_LOGO = - -# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path -# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is -# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If -# left blank the current directory will be used. - -OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/ - -# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub- -# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and -# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this -# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where -# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes -# performance problems for the file system. -# The default value is: NO. - -CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO - -# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII -# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII -# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode -# U+3044. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO - -# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all -# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this -# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. -# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, -# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States), -# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, -# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), -# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian, -# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, -# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish, -# Ukrainian and Vietnamese. -# The default value is: English. - -OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English - -# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member -# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class -# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this. -# The default value is: YES. - -BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES - -# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief -# description of a member or function before the detailed description -# -# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the -# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. -# The default value is: YES. - -REPEAT_BRIEF = YES - -# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is -# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found -# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text -# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated -# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the -# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of -# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides, -# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the. - -ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ - "The $name widget" \ - "The $name file" \ - is \ - provides \ - specifies \ - contains \ - represents \ - a \ - an \ - the - -# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then -# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief -# description. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO - -# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all -# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those -# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment -# operators of the base classes will not be shown. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO - -# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path -# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the -# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used -# The default value is: YES. - -FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES - -# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. -# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand -# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. -# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to -# strip. -# -# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which -# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started. -# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES. - -STRIP_FROM_PATH = - -# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the -# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which -# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of -# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should -# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler -# using the -I flag. - -STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = - -# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but -# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't -# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. -# The default value is: NO. - -SHORT_NAMES = YES - -# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the -# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief -# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt- -# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief -# description.) -# The default value is: NO. - -JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first -# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If -# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus -# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) -# The default value is: NO. - -QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a -# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as -# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is -# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this -# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead. -# -# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are -# not recognized any more. -# The default value is: NO. - -MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO - -# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the -# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements. -# The default value is: YES. - -INHERIT_DOCS = YES - -# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new -# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part -# of the file/class/namespace that contains it. -# The default value is: NO. - -SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO - -# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen -# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. -# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4. - -TAB_SIZE = 4 - -# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in -# the documentation. An alias has the form: -# name=value -# For example adding -# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n" -# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the -# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading -# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert -# newlines. - -ALIASES = - -# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only). -# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class" -# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning. - -TCL_SUBST = - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources -# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For -# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all -# members will be omitted, etc. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or -# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored -# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, -# qualified scopes will look different, etc. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran -# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL -# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL. -# The default value is: NO. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO - -# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it -# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given -# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it -# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and -# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, -# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran: -# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran: -# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed -# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For -# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), -# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. -# -# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder. -# -# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise -# the files are not read by doxygen. - -EXTENSION_MAPPING = - -# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments -# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable -# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details. -# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can -# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in -# case of backward compatibilities issues. -# The default value is: YES. - -MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO - -# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented -# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can -# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or -# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO. -# The default value is: YES. - -AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES - -# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want -# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this -# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and -# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); -# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration -# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. -# The default value is: NO. - -BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO - -# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to -# enable parsing support. -# The default value is: NO. - -CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO - -# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see: -# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen -# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead -# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. -# The default value is: NO. - -SIP_SUPPORT = NO - -# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate -# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make -# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation. -# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple -# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you -# should set this option to NO. -# The default value is: YES. - -IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES - -# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC -# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first -# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default -# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. -# The default value is: NO. - -DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO - -# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type -# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that -# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent -# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the -# \nosubgrouping command. -# The default value is: YES. - -SUBGROUPING = YES - -# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions -# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup) -# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX -# and RTF). -# -# Note that this feature does not work in combination with -# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO - -# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions -# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in -# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, -# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set -# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and -# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF). -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO - -# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or -# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So -# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct -# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, -# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be -# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound -# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. -# The default value is: NO. - -TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO - -# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This -# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be -# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the -# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small -# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The -# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range -# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536 -# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest -# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0. - -LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0 - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Build related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in -# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private -# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the -# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES. -# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are -# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_ALL = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will -# be included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal -# scope will be included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO - -# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be -# included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_STATIC = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined -# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO, -# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect -# for Java sources. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES - -# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods, -# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are -# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are -# included. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO - -# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be -# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called -# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of -# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace -# are hidden. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all -# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these -# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation -# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all -# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set -# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option -# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO - -# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend -# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be -# included in the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO - -# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any -# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these -# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO - -# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a -# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation -# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -INTERNAL_DOCS = NO - -# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file -# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also -# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ -# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows -# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. -# The default value is: system dependent. - -CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO - -# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with -# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the -# scope will be hidden. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO - -# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will -# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to -# YES the compound reference will be hidden. -# The default value is: NO. - -HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO - -# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of -# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file. -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES - -# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each -# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader -# which file to include in order to use the member. -# The default value is: NO. - -SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO - -# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include -# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets. -# The default value is: NO. - -FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO - -# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the -# documentation for inline members. -# The default value is: YES. - -INLINE_INFO = YES - -# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member -# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. -# The default value is: YES. - -SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES - -# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief -# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member -# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that -# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO - -# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and -# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the -# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS. -# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief -# member documentation. -# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting -# detailed member documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO - -# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy -# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will -# appear in their defined order. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO - -# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by -# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will -# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part. -# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. -# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical -# list. -# The default value is: NO. - -SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO - -# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper -# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between -# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is -# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a -# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still -# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases. -# The default value is: NO. - -STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO - -# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo -# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test -# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug -# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) -# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in -# the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES - -# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation -# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label> -# ... \endcond blocks. - -ENABLED_SECTIONS = - -# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the -# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the -# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here -# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The -# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be -# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the -# documentation regardless of this setting. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30. - -MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 - -# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at -# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the -# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_USED_FILES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This -# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View -# (if specified). -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_FILES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces -# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the -# Folder Tree View (if specified). -# The default value is: YES. - -SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES - -# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that -# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from -# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via -# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the -# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided -# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file -# version. For an example see the documentation. - -FILE_VERSION_FILTER = - -# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed -# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated -# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file -# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can -# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml -# will be used as the name of the layout file. -# -# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called -# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE -# tag is left empty. - -LAYOUT_FILE = - -# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing -# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib -# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool -# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. -# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using -# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the -# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references. - -CITE_BIB_FILES = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to -# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the -# messages are off. -# The default value is: NO. - -QUIET = YES - -# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are -# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES -# this implies that the warnings are on. -# -# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARNINGS = YES - -# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate -# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag -# will automatically be disabled. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES - -# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for -# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters -# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using -# markup commands wrongly. -# The default value is: YES. - -WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES - -# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that -# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return -# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete -# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES - -# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen -# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which -# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated -# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will -# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via -# FILE_VERSION_FILTER) -# The default value is: $file:$line: $text. - -WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" - -# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error -# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard -# error (stderr). - -WARN_LOGFILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the input files -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain -# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or -# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with -# spaces. -# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched. - -INPUT = ./ - -# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files -# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses -# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv -# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of -# possible encodings. -# The default value is: UTF-8. - -INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and -# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the -# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii, -# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp, -# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown, -# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf, -# *.qsf, *.as and *.js. - -FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ - *.c \ - *.txt - -# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should -# be searched for input files as well. -# The default value is: NO. - -RECURSIVE = YES - -# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be -# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a -# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. -# -# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is -# run. - -EXCLUDE = Documentation/ \ - WindowsDriver/ - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or -# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded -# from the input. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude -# certain files from those directories. -# -# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to -# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/* - -EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names -# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the -# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the -# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, -# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test -# -# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to -# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/* - -EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \ - INCLUDE_FROM_* - -# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories -# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include -# command). - -EXAMPLE_PATH = - -# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and -# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all -# files are included. - -EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * - -# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be -# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands -# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. -# The default value is: NO. - -EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO - -# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories -# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the -# \image command). - -IMAGE_PATH = - -# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should -# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program -# by executing (via popen()) the command: -# -# <filter> <input-file> -# -# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the -# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter -# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag -# will be ignored. -# -# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the -# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added -# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly. - -INPUT_FILTER = - -# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern -# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the -# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter -# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how -# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the -# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied. - -FILTER_PATTERNS = - -# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using -# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for -# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). -# The default value is: NO. - -FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO - -# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file -# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and -# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using -# *.ext= (so without naming a filter). -# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES. - -FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS = - -# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that -# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page -# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub -# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output. - -USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to source browsing -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be -# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. -# -# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that -# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. -# The default value is: NO. - -SOURCE_BROWSER = NO - -# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions, -# classes and enums directly into the documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -INLINE_SOURCES = NO - -# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any -# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and -# Fortran comments will always remain visible. -# The default value is: YES. - -STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES - -# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented -# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function -# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -REFERENCES_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set -# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and -# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will -# link to the documentation. -# The default value is: YES. - -REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO - -# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the -# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype, -# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this -# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you -# can opt to disable this feature. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. - -SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES - -# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will -# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in -# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system -# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version -# 4.8.6 or higher. -# -# To use it do the following: -# - Install the latest version of global -# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file -# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree -# - Run doxygen as normal -# -# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these -# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path). -# -# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to -# source code will now point to the output of htags. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. - -USE_HTAGS = NO - -# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a -# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is -# specified. Set to NO to disable this. -# See also: Section \class. -# The default value is: YES. - -VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO - -# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the -# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the -# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template -# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type -# information. -# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was -# compiled with the --with-libclang option. -# The default value is: NO. - -CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO - -# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command -# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that -# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories -# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH. -# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES. - -CLANG_OPTIONS = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all -# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of -# classes, structs, unions or interfaces. -# The default value is: YES. - -ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES - -# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in -# which the alphabetical index list will be split. -# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5. -# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. - -COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 - -# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will -# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag -# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored -# while generating the index headers. -# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. - -IGNORE_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the HTML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_HTML = YES - -# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: html. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_OUTPUT = html - -# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each -# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp). -# The default value is: .html. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html - -# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for -# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard header. -# -# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets -# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g. -# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a -# default header using -# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css -# YourConfigFile -# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage" -# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally -# uses. -# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the -# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description -# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_HEADER = - -# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each -# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard -# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default -# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also -# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer -# that doxygen normally uses. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_FOOTER = - -# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style -# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of -# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet. -# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style -# sheet that doxygen normally uses. -# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as -# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become -# obsolete. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_STYLESHEET = - -# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined -# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets -# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. -# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the -# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates. -# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. -# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last -# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the -# list). For an example see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = - -# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or -# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note -# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the -# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these -# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the -# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_EXTRA_FILES = - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen -# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to -# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see -# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value -# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 -# purple, and 360 is red again. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220 - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors -# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A -# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100 - -# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the -# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100 -# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output -# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents -# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not -# change the gamma. -# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80 - -# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML -# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this -# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO - -# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML -# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the -# page has loaded. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES - -# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries -# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand -# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to -# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless -# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of -# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value -# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded -# tree by default. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100 - -# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be -# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development -# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with -# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a -# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in -# that directory and running make install will install the docset in -# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at -# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html -# for more information. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_DOCSET = NO - -# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides -# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider -# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped. -# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" - -# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation -# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g. -# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project - -# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify -# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style -# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher - -# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher. -# The default value is: Publisher. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. - -DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three -# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The -# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop -# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on -# Windows. -# -# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output -# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML -# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old -# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed -# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for -# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for -# compressed HTML files. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO - -# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm -# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be -# written to the html output directory. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -CHM_FILE = - -# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path -# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty, -# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. -# The file has to be specified with full path. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -HHC_LOCATION = - -# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated -# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -GENERATE_CHI = NO - -# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) -# and project file content. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = - -# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated -# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it -# enables the Previous and Next buttons. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -BINARY_TOC = NO - -# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to -# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. - -TOC_EXPAND = YES - -# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and -# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that -# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help -# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_QHP = NO - -# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify -# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to -# the HTML output folder. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QCH_FILE = - -# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help -# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace -# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace). -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project - -# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt -# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual -# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual- -# folders). -# The default value is: doc. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc - -# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom -# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom -# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- -# filters). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME = - -# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the -# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom -# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- -# filters). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS = - -# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this -# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see: -# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS = - -# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's -# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the -# generated .qhp file. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. - -QHG_LOCATION = - -# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be -# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To -# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in -# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs -# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory -# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. -# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO - -# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin -# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this -# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier. -# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES. - -ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project - -# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might -# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The -# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top -# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables -# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation -# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -DISABLE_INDEX = YES - -# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index -# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag -# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like -# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this -# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required -# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the -# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can -# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style -# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at -# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has -# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting -# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES - -# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that -# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. -# -# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing -# in the overview section. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1 - -# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used -# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 - -# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to -# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO - -# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in -# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful -# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML -# output directory to force them to be regenerated. -# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 - -# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images -# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not -# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers. -# -# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in -# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES - -# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see -# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering -# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX -# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When -# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path -# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -USE_MATHJAX = NO - -# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for -# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see: -# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. -# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best -# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG. -# The default value is: HTML-CSS. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS - -# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML -# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory -# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory -# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then -# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax -# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing -# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of -# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment. -# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest - -# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax -# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example -# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = - -# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces -# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site -# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an -# example see the documentation. -# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. - -MATHJAX_CODEFILE = - -# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for -# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and -# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help -# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET) -# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled. -# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then -# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to -# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S -# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically -# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down -# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated -# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel -# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the -# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys> -# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter -# option. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. - -SEARCHENGINE = NO - -# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be -# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There -# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH -# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and -# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing -# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section -# "External Indexing and Searching" for details. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO - -# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP -# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file -# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an -# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the -# search results. -# -# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine -# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library -# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). -# -# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO - -# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server -# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled. -# -# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine -# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library -# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and -# Searching" for details. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SEARCHENGINE_URL = - -# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed -# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the -# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified. -# The default file is: searchdata.xml. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml - -# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the -# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is -# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple -# projects and redirect the results back to the right project. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID = - -# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen -# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are -# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a -# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of -# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is: -# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ... -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. - -EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output. -# The default value is: YES. - -GENERATE_LATEX = NO - -# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: latex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_OUTPUT = latex - -# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be -# invoked. -# -# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating -# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is -# written to the output directory. -# The default file is: latex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex - -# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate -# index for LaTeX. -# The default file is: makeindex. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex - -# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX -# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some -# trees in general. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -COMPACT_LATEX = NO - -# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the -# printer. -# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x -# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches). -# The default value is: a4. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -PAPER_TYPE = a4wide - -# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names -# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for -# instance you can specify -# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times -# If left blank no extra packages will be included. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -EXTRA_PACKAGES = - -# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the -# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first -# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See -# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the -# default header to a separate file. -# -# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The -# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title, -# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber, -# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty -# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred -# to HTML_HEADER. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_HEADER = - -# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the -# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last -# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See -# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what -# special commands can be used inside the footer. -# -# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing! -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_FOOTER = - -# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined -# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created -# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen -# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. -# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last -# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the -# list). -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = - -# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or -# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output -# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or -# markers available. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_EXTRA_FILES = - -# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is -# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will -# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This -# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES - -# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate -# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a -# higher quality PDF documentation. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -USE_PDFLATEX = YES - -# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode -# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running -# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used -# when generating formulas in HTML. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO - -# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the -# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO - -# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source -# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output. -# -# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as -# SOURCE_BROWSER. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO - -# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the -# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See -# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info. -# The default value is: plain. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. - -LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the RTF output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The -# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF -# readers/editors. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_RTF = NO - -# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: rtf. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_OUTPUT = rtf - -# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF -# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some -# trees in general. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -COMPACT_RTF = NO - -# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will -# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML -# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online -# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those -# fields. -# -# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO - -# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config -# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements, -# missing definitions are set to their default value. -# -# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the -# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = - -# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is -# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated -# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = - -# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code -# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output. -# -# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as -# SOURCE_BROWSER. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. - -RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the man page output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for -# classes and files. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_MAN = NO - -# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by -# MAN_OUTPUT. -# The default directory is: man. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_OUTPUT = man - -# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated -# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number -# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is -# optional. -# The default value is: .3. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_EXTENSION = .3 - -# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within -# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by -# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_SUBDIR = - -# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it -# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real -# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without -# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. - -MAN_LINKS = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the XML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that -# captures the structure of the code including all documentation. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_XML = NO - -# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a -# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of -# it. -# The default directory is: xml. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. - -XML_OUTPUT = xml - -# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program -# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to -# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size -# of the XML output. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. - -XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files -# that can be used to generate PDF. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO - -# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in -# front of it. -# The default directory is: docbook. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. - -DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook - -# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the -# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing -# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly -# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. - -DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an -# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the -# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is -# still experimental and incomplete at the moment. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the Perl module output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module -# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation. -# -# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment. -# The default value is: NO. - -GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary -# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI -# output from the Perl module output. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_LATEX = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely -# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to -# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the -# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it -# just the same. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES - -# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are -# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful -# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't -# overwrite each other's variables. -# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. - -PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the preprocessor -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all -# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files. -# The default value is: YES. - -ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names -# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be -# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting -# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -MACRO_EXPANSION = YES - -# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then -# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and -# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES - -# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the -# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES - -# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the -# preprocessor. -# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_PATH = - -# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard -# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the -# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be -# used. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = - -# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are -# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g. -# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or -# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1" -# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or -# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \ - PROGMEM - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this -# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The -# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED -# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the -# definition found in the source code. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = - -# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will -# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have -# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros -# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not -# removed. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. - -SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to external references -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag -# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of -# a tag file without this location is as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... -# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... -# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the -# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use -# of tag files. -# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include -# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is -# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. - -TAGFILES = - -# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a -# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to -# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files. - -GENERATE_TAGFILE = - -# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in -# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be -# listed. -# The default value is: NO. - -ALLEXTERNALS = NO - -# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed -# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be -# listed. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES - -# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in -# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will -# be listed. -# The default value is: YES. - -EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES - -# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script -# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl'). -# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl. - -PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the dot tool -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram -# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to -# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT -# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more -# powerful graphs. -# The default value is: YES. - -CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO - -# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc -# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see: -# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the -# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where -# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the -# default search path. - -MSCGEN_PATH = - -# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will -# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The -# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides. -# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path. - -DIA_PATH = - -# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance -# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class. -# The default value is: YES. - -HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES - -# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is -# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see: -# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent -# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is -# set to NO -# The default value is: NO. - -HAVE_DOT = NO - -# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed -# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of -# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value -# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing -# speed. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0 - -# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen -# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make -# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a -# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by -# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font. -# The default value is: Helvetica. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTNAME = - -# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of -# dot graphs. -# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 - -# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with -# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set -# the path where dot can find it using this tag. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_FONTPATH = - -# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for -# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations. -# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CLASS_GRAPH = NO - -# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a -# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation -# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the -# class with other documented classes. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for -# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GROUP_GRAPHS = NO - -# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and -# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling -# Language. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -UML_LOOK = NO - -# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the -# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may -# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the -# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0 -# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit -# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear, -# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to -# 10. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10 - -# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and -# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their -# instances. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO - -# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to -# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the -# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented -# files. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO - -# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are -# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing -# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented -# files. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call -# dependency graph for every global function or class method. -# -# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. -# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected -# functions only using the \callgraph command. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CALL_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller -# dependency graph for every global function or class method. -# -# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. -# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected -# functions only using the \callergraph command. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -CALLER_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical -# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO - -# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the -# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The -# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the -# files in the directories. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO - -# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images -# generated by dot. -# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order -# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this -# requirement). -# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg. -# The default value is: png. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png - -# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to -# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning. -# -# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested -# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. -# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make -# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO - -# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be -# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_PATH = - -# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile -# command). -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOTFILE_DIRS = - -# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile -# command). - -MSCFILE_DIRS = - -# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile -# command). - -DIAFILE_DIRS = - -# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the -# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed -# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will -# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and -# will not generate output for the diagram. - -PLANTUML_JAR_PATH = - -# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by -# the !include statement in a plantuml block. - -PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH = - -# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes -# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes -# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized -# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct -# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that -# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15 - -# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs -# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the -# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay -# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1 -# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also -# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. -# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2 - -# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent -# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem -# to support this out of the box. -# -# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to -# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to -# read). -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES - -# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output -# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This -# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support -# this, this feature is disabled by default. -# The default value is: NO. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO - -# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page -# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated -# graphs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -GENERATE_LEGEND = YES - -# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot -# files that are used to generate the various graphs. -# The default value is: YES. -# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. - -DOT_CLEANUP = YES diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/makefile b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 6bc0e0f25a..0000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@ -# -# LUFA Library -# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. -# -# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com -# www.lufa-lib.org -# -# -------------------------------------- -# LUFA Project Makefile. -# -------------------------------------- - -# Run "make help" for target help. - -MCU = at90usb1287 -ARCH = AVR8 -BOARD = USBKEY -F_CPU = 8000000 -F_USB = $(F_CPU) -OPTIMIZATION = s -TARGET = AVRISP-MKII -SRC = $(TARGET).c AVRISPDescriptors.c Lib/V2Protocol.c Lib/V2ProtocolParams.c Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.c Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.c Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.c \ - Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.c Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.c Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) -LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA -CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ -LD_FLAGS = - -# Default target -all: - -# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules -DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA -include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk -include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk - -# Include common DMBS build system modules -DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS -include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk -include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk -include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk -include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk -include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk -include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk -include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk -include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk |